draft of spec fo WiFi

0224-EX-PL-2001 Text Documents

Intel Corporation

2001-10-04ELS_49062

                                                            IEEE Std 802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001
                                                         (Draft Supplement to IEEE Std 802.11 1999 Edition)




DRAFT Supplement to STANDARD [for]
Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems-
Local and metropolitan area networks-
Specific requirements-
Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications:
Higher speed Physical Layer (PHY) extension in
the 2.4 GHz band.
Sponsor
LAN MAN Standards Committee
of the
IEEE Computer Society



Abstract: Changes and additions to IEEE Std. 802.11 to support the higher rate Physical layer for
operation in the 2.45 GHz band are provided.



Copyright © 2001 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017, USA
All rights reserved.

This is an unapproved draft of a proposed IEEE Standard, subject to change. Permission is hereby
granted for IEEE Standards Committee participants to reproduce this document for purposes of
IEEE standardization activities. If this document is to be submitted to ISO or IEC, notification shall
be given to the IEEE Copyright Administrator. Permission is also granted for member bodies and
technical committees of ISO and IEC to reproduce this document for purposes of developing a
national position. Other entities seeking permission to reproduce portions of this document for
these or other uses must contact the IEEE Standards Department for the appropriate license. Use
of information contained in the unapproved draft is at your own risk.

IEEE Standards Department
Copyright and Permissions
445 Hoes Lane, P.O. Box 1331
Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331, USA


                                                                                                               IEEE
Wireless LAN Physical (PHY) Layer specifications                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


Keywords: LAN, Local Area Network, Wireless, Radio Frequency




Introduction
(This introduction is not part of P802.11B/D1.0, Draft Standard for Wireless LAN Physical Layer Standards)

This standard is part of a family of standards for Local Area Networks (LANs). This supplement covers an
extension to IEEE Std 802.11- 1999 to increase the data rates in the 2.4 GHz band to greater than 10 Mbit/s


Participants

At the time the draft of this standard was sent to sponsor ballot, the IEEE 802.11 working group had the fol-
lowing voting members:

                                                Vic Hayes, Chair
                                           Stuart J. Kerry, Vice Chair
                                            Al Petrick, Co-Vice Chair
                                            George Fishel, Secretary

                                    Bob O'Hara, Chair and editor 802.11-rev
                                     Allen Heberling, State-diagram editor
                                     Michael Fischer, State-diagram editor
                                    Dean M. Kawaguchi, Chair PHY group
                                       David Bagby, Chair MAC group

                                      Naftali Chayat, Chair Task Group a
                                      Hitoshi Takanashi, Editor 802.11a

                                      John Fakatselis , Chair Task Group b
                                        Carl F. Andren, Editor 802.11b




                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change                         1


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001                                                             Draft Suppliment to Standard for


                                                 Voting Members:
        Jeff Abramowitz                           Maarten Hoeben                        Roy Sebring
        Reza Ahy                                  Masayuki Ikeda                        Tie-Jun Shan
        Keith B. Amundsen                         Donald C. Johnson                     Stephen J. Shellhammer
        James R. Baker                            Tal Kaitz                             Matthew B. Shoemake
        Kevin M. Barry                            Ad Kamerman                           Thomas Siep
        Phil Belanger                             Mika Kasslin                          Donald I. Sloan
        John Biddick                              Patrick Kinney                        Gary Spiess
        Simon Black                               Steven Knudsen                        Satoru Toguchi
        Timothy J. Blaney                         Bruce P. Kraemer                      Cherry Tom
        Jan Boer                                  David S. Landeta                      Mike Trompower
        Ronald Brockmann                          James S. Li                           Tom Tsoulogiannis
        Wesley Brodsky                            Stanley Ling                          Bruce Tuch
        John H. Cafarella                         Michael D. McInnis                    Sarosh Vesuna
        Wen-Chiang Chen                           Gene Miller                           Ikuo Wakayama
        Ken Clements                              Akira Miura                           Robert M. Ward Jr.
        Wim Diepstraten                           Henri Moelard                         Mark Webster
        Peter Ecclesine                           Masaharu Mori                         Leo Wilz
        Richard Eckard                            Masahiro Morikura                     Harry Worstell
        Darwin Engwer                             Richard van Nee                       Lawrence W. Yonge III
        Greg Ennis                                Erwin R. Noble                        Chris Zegelin
        Jeff Fischer                              Tomoki Ohsawa                         Johnny Zweig
        John Fisher                               Kazuhiro Okanoue                      Jim Zyren
        Ian Gifford                               Richard H. Paine
        Motohiro Gochi                            Roger Pandanda
        Tim Godfrey                               Victoria M. Poncini
        Steven D. Gray                            Gregory S. Rawlins
        Jan Haagh                                 Stanley A. Reible
        Karl Hannestad                            Frits Riep
        Kei Hara                                  William Roberts
        Chris Heegard                             Kent G. Rollins
        Robert Heile                              Clemens C.W. Ruppel
        Juha Heiskala                             Anil K. Sanwalka




The following persons were on the balloting committee:
       This section is usually supplied
       by IEEE Balloting Center staff.




                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserv ed .
2                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                          IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                       P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



Table of Contents                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                 2
3.8         Basic Service Set (BSS) basic rate set:                                                         4    3
4.0         Abbreviations and acronyms                                                                      4    4
7.2.3.1     Beacon frame format                                                                             4    5
7.2.3.9     Probe Request frame format                                                                      5    6
7.3.1.4     Capability Information Field                                                                    6    7
7.3.1.9     Status Code Field                                                                               7    8
7.3.2.2     Supported Rates element                                                                         7    9
9.2         DCF                                                                                             7    10
9.6         Multirate support                                                                               7    11
10.3.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                               9    12
10.3.10.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                              9    13
18          High rate direct sequence spread spectrum (HR/DSSS) PHY specification                          12    14
        18.1Overview                                                                                       12    15
                   Scope                                                                                   12    16
                   High Rate PHY functions                                                                 13    17
                   Service specification method and notation                                               13    18
        18 .2High Rate PLCP sublayer                                                                       13    19
                   Overview                                                                                13    20
                   PPDU format                                                                             14    21
                   PLCP PPDU field definitions                                                             15    22
                   PLCP/High Rate PHY data scrambler and descrambler                                       21    23
                   PLCP transmit procedure                                                                 22    24
                   PLCP receive procedure                                                                  23    25
        18.3High Rate physical layer management entity (PLME)                                              27    26
                   PLME_SAP sublayer management primitives                                                 27    27
                   High Rate PHY MIB                                                                       28    28
                   DS PHY characteristics                                                                  29    29
                   High Rate TXTIME calculation                                                            30    30
                   Vector Descriptions                                                                     30    31
        18.4High Rate PMD sublayer                                                                         31    32
                   Scope and field of application                                                          31    33
                   Overview of service                                                                     31    34
                   Overview of interactions                                                                31    35
                   Basic service and options                                                               32    36
                   PMD_SAP detailed service specification                                                  32    37
                   PMD operating specifications, general                                                   43    38
                   PMD transmit specifications                                                             54    39
                   PMD receiver specifications                                                             59    40
Annex A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (normative)                          60    41
            A.4.3 - IUT Configuration                                                                      60    42
            A 4.9 - High Rate Direct Sequence Physical Layer Functions                                     61    43
Annex C: Formal Description of MAC Operation (Normative)                                                   64    44
Annex D ASN.1 Encoding of the MAC and PHY Management Information Base (normative)                          88    45
Annex F - High Rate PHY / frequency hopping interoperability (Informative)                                 89    46
            F.1 Additional CCA Requirements                                                                89    47
                                                                                                                 48
                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                 55

                                 Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
3                     This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



DRAFT Supplement to STANDARD [for]                                                                                    1
                                                                                                                      2
Information Technology-                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                      4
Telecommunications and information exchange                                                                           5
between systems-                                                                                                      6
                                                                                                                      7
Local and metropolitan area networks-                                                                                 8
Specific requirements-                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                      10
                                                                                                                      11
Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control                                                                           12
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications:                                                                        13
                                                                                                                      14
Higher speed Physical Layer (PHY) extension in                                                                        15
the 2.4 GHz band.                                                                                                     16
                                                                                                                      17
[This supplement is based on the current edition of IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition.                                    18
                                                                                                                      19
NOTE—The editing instructions contained in this supplement define how to merge the material contained                 20
herein into the existing base standard to form the new comprehensive standard as created by the addition of           21
IEEE Std 802.11b-1999.                                                                                                22
                                                                                                                      23
The editing instructions are shown in bold italic. Three editing instructions are used: change, delete, and in-       24
sert. Change is used to make small corrections in existing text or tables. The editing instruction specifies the      25
location of the change and describes what is being changed either by using strikethrough (to remove old ma-           26
terial) or underscore (to add new material). Delete removes existing material. Insert adds new material with-         27
out disturbing the existing material. Insertions may require renumbering. If so, renumbering instructions are         28
given in the editing instruction. Editorial notes will not be carried over into future editions.                      29
                                                                                                                      30
Change the following paragraphs as indicated:                                                                         31
                                                                                                                      32
3.8 Basic Service Set (BSS) basic rate set:                                                                           33
                                                                                                                      34
The set of data transfer rates that all the stations in a BSS will be capable of using to receive and transmit        35
frames to/from the wireless medium (WM). The BSS basic rate set data rates are preset for all stations in the         36
BSS.                                                                                                                  37
                                                                                                                      38
4.0 Abbreviations and acronyms                                                                                        39
Insert the following abbreviations alphabetically in the list in 4.0:                                                 40
                                                                                                                      41
CCK Complementary Code Keying                                                                                         42
High Rate High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum with or without Options enabled                                   43
HR/DSSS High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum using the long preamble and header                                  44
HR/DSSS/short High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum using the optional short preamble and header                  45
mode                                                                                                                  46
HR/DSSS/PBCC High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum using the optional Packet Binary Convolu-                      47
tional Coding mode and the long preamble and header                                                                   48
HR/DSSS/PBCC/short High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum using the optional Packet Binary Con-                    49
volutional Coding mode and the optional short preamble and header                                                     50
                                                                                                                      51
7.2.3.1 Beacon frame format                                                                                           52
                                                                                                                      53
Change notes 1 and 2 of this table as shown.                                                                          54
                                                                                                                      55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
4                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                 IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                              P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



                                      Table 5 Beacon frame body                                                         1
    Order                                   Information                          Note                                   2
    1                                       Timestamp                                                                   3
    2                                       Beacon interval                                                             4
    3                                       Capability information                                                      5
    4                                       SSID                                                                        6
    5                                       Supported rates                                                             7
    6                                       FH Parameter Set                     1                                      8
    7                                       DS Parameter Set                     2                                      9
    8                                       CF Parameter Set                     3                                      10
    9                                       IBSS Parameter Set                   4
    10                                     TIM                                   5                                      11
    Notes:                                                                                                              12
    1—The FH Parameter Set information element is only present within Beacon frames                                     13
    generated by STAs using frequency-hopping PHYs.                                                                     14
    2—The DS Parameter Set information element is only present within Beacon frames                                     15
    generated by STAs using direct sequence PHYs.                                                                       16
    3—The CF Parameter Set information element is only present within Beacon frames                                     17
    generated by APs supporting a PCF.                                                                                  18
    4—The IBSS Parameter Set information element is only present within Beacon                                          19
    frames generated by STAs in an IBSS.                                                                                20
    5—The TIM information element is only present within Beacon frames generated by                                     21
    APs.                                                                                                                22
                                                                                                                        23
                                                                                                                        24
                                                                                                                        25
                                                                                                                        26
7.2.3.9 Probe Request frame format                                                                                      27
                                                                                                                        28
Change notes 1 and 2 of this table as shown.                                                                            29
                                                                                                                        30
                                Table 12—Probe Response frame body                                                      31
                                                                                                                        32
    Order                                 Information                              Note                                 33
    1                                     Timestamp                                                                     34
    2                                     Beacon interval                                                               35
    3                                     Capability information                                                        36
    4                                     SSID                                                                          37
    5                                     Supported rates                                                               38
    6                                     FH Parameter Set                         1                                    39
    7                                     DS Parameter Set                         2
    8                                     CF Parameter Set                         3                                    40
    9                                     IBSS Parameter Set                       4                                    41
    NOTES                                                                                                               42
    1—The FH Parameter Set information element is only present within                                                   43
    Probe Response frames generated by STAs using frequency-hopping                                                     44
    PHYs.                                                                                                               45
    2—The DS Parameter Set information element is only present within                                                   46
    Probe Response frames generated by STAs using direct sequence PHYs.                                                 47
    3—The CF Parameter Set information element is only present within                                                   48
    Probe Response frames generated by APs supporting a PCF.                                                            49
    4—The IBSS Parameter Set information element is only present within                                                 50
    Probe Response frames generated by STAs in an IBSS.                                                                 51
                                                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                        53
                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                        55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
5                            This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                       1
                                                                                                                       2
7.3.1.4 Capability Information Field                                                                                   3
                                                                                                                       4
Insert three subfields to the capability information field figure and supporting text as shown:                        5
                                                                                                                       6
The Capability Information Field contains a number of subfields that are used to indicate requested or adver-          7
tised capabilities.                                                                                                    8
                                                                                                                       9
The length of the Capability Information Field is two octets. The Capability Information Field consists of             10
the following subfields: ESS, IBSS, CF-Pollable, CF-Poll Request, and Privacy, Short Preamble, PBCC, and               11
Channel Agility. The format of the Capability Information Field is as illustrated in Figure 27.                        12
                                                                                                                       13
                                                                                                                       14
                                                                                                                       15
      B0      B1       B2         B3        B4         B5      B6        B7        B8                   B15            16
                       CF       CF Poll               Short             Channel
                       Pollable Request                                                      Reserved                  17
      ESS     IBSS                          Privacy Preamble   PBCC     Agility
                                                                                                                       18
                                                                                                                       19
    Octets:
                                                                                                                       20
                                                   2
                                                                                                                       21
                                                                                                                       22
                             Figure 27 -- Capability Information Fixed Field
                                                                                                                       23
                                                                                                                       24
.                                                                                                                      25
                                                                                                                       26
Insert the following text after the text in 7.3.1.4.                                                                   27
                                                                                                                       28
APs (as well as STAs in IBSSs) shall set the Short Preamble subfield to 1 in transmitted Beacon, Probe                 29
Response, Association Response and Reassociation Response management MMPDUs to indicate that the                       30
use of the short preamble option, as described in subclause 18.2.2.2 is allowed within this BSS. To indicate           31
that the use of the short preamble option is not allowed the Short Preamble subfield shall be set to 0 in Bea-         32
con, Probe Response, Association Response and Reassociation Response management MMPDUs transmit-                       33
ted within the BSS.                                                                                                    34
                                                                                                                       35
                                                                                                                       36
                                                                                                                       37
STAs shall set the Short Preamble subfield to 1 in transmitted Association Request and Reassociation                   38
Request MMPDUs when the MIB attribute dot11ShortPreambleOptionImplemented is true. Otherwise                           39
STAs shall set the Short Preamble subfield to 0 in transmitted Association Request and Reassociation                   40
Request MMPDUs.                                                                                                        41
                                                                                                                       42
                                                                                                                       43
                                                                                                                       44
APs (as well as STAs in IBSSs) shall set the PBCC subfield to 1 in transmitted Beacon, Probe Response,                 45
Association Response and Reassociation Response management MMPDUs to indicate that the use of the                      46
PBCC modulation option, as described in subclause 18.4.6.6 is allowed within this BSS. To indicate that the            47
use of the PBCC modulation option is not allowed the PBCC subfield shall be set to 0 in Beacon, Probe                  48
Response, Association Response and Reassociation Response management MMPDUs transmitted within                         49
the BSS.                                                                                                               50
                                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                       52
                                                                                                                       53
                                                                                                                       54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
6                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


STAs shall set the PBCC subfield to 1 in transmitted Association Request and Reassociation Request MMP-               1
DUs when the MIB attribute dot11PBCCOptionImplemented is true. Otherwise STAs shall set the PBCC                      2
subfield to 0 in transmitted Association Request and Reassociation Request MMPDUs.                                    3
                                                                                                                      4
                                                                                                                      5
                                                                                                                      6
Bit 7 of the Capabilities Information Field shall be used to indicate the usage of channel agility by the HR/         7
DSSS PHY. STAs shall set the Channel Agility bit to 1 when channel agility is in use and shall set it to 0            8
otherwise.                                                                                                            9
                                                                                                                      10
Bits 8 to 15 of the Capability Information Field are reserved.                                                        11
                                                                                                                      12
                                                                                                                      13
7.3.1.9 Status Code Field                                                                                             14
                                                                                                                      15
Add three status codes as shown to table 19:                                                                          16
                                        Table 19 --- Status Codes                                                     17
    Status code                                                 Meaning                                               18
              19                 Association denied due to requesting station not supporting the short                19
                                 preamble option.                                                                     20
              20                 Association denied due to requesting station not supporting the PBCC                 21
                                 modulation option.                                                                   22
              21                 Association denied due to requesting station not supporting the channel              23
                                 agility option.                                                                      24
                                                                                                                      25
                                                                                                                      26
                                                                                                                      27
7.3.2.2 Supported Rates element                                                                                       28
                                                                                                                      29
Change the paragraph as follows:                                                                                      30
                                                                                                                      31
The Supported Rates element specifies all the values rates that this station is capable of receiving in the           32
Operational Rate Set parameter as described in the MLME_Join.request and MLME_Start.request primi-                    33
tives. The information field is encoded as 1 to 8 octets where each octet describes a single supported rate in        34
units of 500 kbit/s.                                                                                                  35
                                                                                                                      36
Within Beacon, Probe Response, Association Response, and Reassociation Response management frames,                    37
each supported rate belonging to the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set, is encoded as an octet with the              38
msb (bit 7) set to 1 (e.g., a 1 Mbit/s rate belonging to the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set is encoded as         39
X'82'). Rates not belonging to the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set are encoded with the msb set to 0               40
(e.g., a 2 Mbit/s rate not belonging to the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set is encoded as X'04'). The msb          41
of each Supported Rate octet in other management frame types is ignored by receiving STAs.                            42
                                                                                                                      43
BSSBasicRateSet The BSS basic rate set information in Beacon and Probe Response management frames is                  44
delivered to the management entity in an STA via the BSSBasicRateSet parameter in the MLME_Scan.con-                  45
firm primitive. It is used by the management entity in an STA s in order to avoid associating with a BSS if           46
the STA cannot receive and transmit all the data rates in the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set. See Figure          47
36.                                                                                                                   48
                                                                                                                      49
9.2 DCF                                                                                                               50
                                                                                                                      51
Change the second to the last paragraph as shown:                                                                     52
                                                                                                                      53
                                                                                                                      54
                                                                                                                      55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
7                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


The medium access protocol allows for stations to support different sets of data rates. All STAs shall be able       1
to receive and transmit at all the data rates in the aBasicRateSet specified parameter of the                        2
MLME_Join.request and MLME_Start.request primitives and transmit at one or more of the aBasicRateSet                 3
data rates. To support the proper operation of the RTS/CTS and the Virtual Carrier Sense mechanism, all              4
STAs shall be able to detect the RTS and CTS frames. For this reason the RTS and CTS frames shall be                 5
transmitted at one of the rates in the BSS basic rate set aBasicRateSet rates. (See subclause 9.6 for a descrip-     6
tion of multirate operation).                                                                                        7
                                                                                                                     8
                                                                                                                     9
9.6 Multirate support                                                                                                10
                                                                                                                     11
                                                                                                                     12
Change the existing subclause as follows:                                                                            13
                                                                                                                     14
Some PHYs have multiple data transfer rate capabilities that allow implementations to perform dynamic rate           15
switching with the objective of improving performance. The algorithm for performing rate switching is                16
beyond the scope of this standard, but in order to ensure coexistence and interoperability on multirate-capa-        17
ble PHYs, this standard defines a set of rules that shall be followed by all STAs.                                   18
                                                                                                                     19
All Control frames shall be transmitted at one of the rates in the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic rate set (see           20
10.3.10.1), or at one of the rates in the PHY mandatory rate set so that they will be understood by all STAs         21
in the BSS.                                                                                                          22
                                                                                                                     23
All frames with multicast and broadcast RA shall be transmitted at one of the rates included in the BSSBasi-         24
cRateSet BSS basic rate set, regardless of their type or subtype.                                                    25
                                                                                                                     26
Data and/or management MPDUs with a unicast immediate address RA shall be sent on any supported data                 27
rate selected by the rate switching mechanism (whose output is an internal MAC variable called MACCur-               28
rentRate, defined in units of 500 kbit/s, which is used for calculating the Duration/ID field of each frame). A      29
STA shall not transmit at a rate that is known not to be supported by the destination STA, as reported in the        30
supported rates element in the management frames. For frames of type Data+CF-ACK, Data+CF-Poll+CF-                   31
ACK and CF-Poll+CF-ACK, the rate chosen to transmit the frame must be supported by both the addressed                32
recipient STA and the STA to which the ACK is intended.                                                              33
                                                                                                                     34
In order to To allow the transmitting STA to calculate the contents of the Duration/ID field, the responding         35
STA shall transmit its Control Response and Management Response frames (either CTS or ACK) at the                    36
highest rate in the BSS basic rate set that is less than or equal to the rate of at the same rate as the immedi-     37
ately previous frame in the frame exchange sequence (as defined in 9.7), if this rate belongs to the PHY             38
mandatory rates, or else at the highest possible rate belonging to the PHY rates in the BSSBasicRateSet. In          39
addition the Control Response frame shall be sent using the same PHY options as the received frame.                  40
                                                                                                                     41
For the HR/DSSS PHY, the time required to transmit a frame, for use in the Duration/ID field, is determined          42
using the PLME-TXTIME.request primitive and the PLME-TXTIME.confirm primitive, both defined in                       43
18.3.4.                                                                                                              44
                                                                                                                     45
10.3.1PLME_start                                                                                                     46
                                                                                                                     47
Change "set" to "sets" in the Name and Description columns for the PHY Parameter Set.                                48
                                                                                                                     49
10.3.2.2 PLME_scan.confirm                                                                                           50
                                                                                                                     51
Change "set" to "sets" in the Name and Description columns for the PHY Parameter Set.                                52
                                                                                                                     53
                                                                                                                     54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
8                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


10.3.2.2.2. Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       1
                                                                                                                     2
Change wording in the table in the BSSBasicRateSet Description to:                                                   3
                                                                                                                     4
The set of data rates that must be supported by all STAs that desire to join this BSS. The STAs must be able         5
to receive and transmit at each of the data rates listed in the set.                                                 6
                                                                                                                     7
10.3.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                        8
                                                                                                                     9
Change Table as follows:                                                                                             10
                                                                                                                     11
         Name                Type             Valid Range                         Description                        12
    BSSDescription       BSSDescription      N/A                The BSSDescription of the BSS to join. The           13
                                                                BSSDescription is a member of the set of             14
                                                                descriptions that was returned as a result of a      15
                                                                MLME-SCAN.request.                                   16
    JoinFailureTimeout   integer             greater than or    The time limit, in units of beacon intervals,        17
                                             equal to 1         after which the join procedure will be termi-        18
                                                                nated                                                19
    ProbeDelay           integer             N/A                Delay (in µs) to be used prior to transmitting a     20
                                                                Probe frame during active scanning                   21
    OperationalRateSet   set of integers     1 through 127      The set of data rates (in units of 500kbit/s) that   22
                                             inclusive (for     the STA desires to use for communication             23
                                                                                                                     24
                                             each integer in    within the BSS. The STA must be able to
                                                                                                                     25
                                             the set)           receive at each of the data rates listed in the
                                                                                                                     26
                                                                set. The OperationalRateSet This set is a            27
                                                                superset of the BSSBasicRateSet BSS basic            28
                                                                rate set advertised by the BSS.                      29
                                                                                                                     30
10.3.10.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       31
                                                                                                                     32
Change the table as follows:                                                                                         33
                                                                                                                     34
          Name                  Type           Valid Range                        Description                        35
    SSID                    octet string      1 - 32 octets      The SSID of the BSS.                                36
    BSSType                 Enumeration       INFRA-             The type of the BSS.                                37
                                              STRUCTURE,                                                             38
                                              INDEPEN-                                                               39
                                              DENT                                                                   40
    Beacon Period           integer           greater than or    The Beacon period of the BSS (in TU).               41
                                              equal to 1                                                             42
    DTIM Period             integer           As defined in      The DTIM Period of the BSS (in Beacon               43
                                              7.3.12.6           Periods)                                            44
    CF parameter set        As defined in     As defined in      The parameter set for CF periods, if the BSS        45
                            Frame Format      7.3.2.5            supports CF mode. aCFPPeriod is modified            46
                                                                 as a side effect of the issuance of a MLME-         47
                                                                 START.request primitive.                            48
    PHY parameter set       As defined in     As defined in      The parameter set relevant to the PHY.              49
                            Frame Format      7.3.2.3 or                                                             50
                                                                                                                     51
                                              7.3.2.4
    IBSS parameter set      As defined in     As defined in      The parameter set for the IBSS, if BSS is an        52
                                                                                                                     53
                            Frame Format      7.3.2.7            IBSS.
                                                                                                                     54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
9                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



 ProbeDelay                  integer           N/A                Delay (in µs) to be used prior to transmitting      1
                                                                  a Probe frame during active scanning                2
 CapabilityInformation       As defined in     As defined in      The capabilities to be advertised for the BSS.      3
                             Frame Format      7.3.1.4                                                                4
 BSSBasicRateSet             set of integers   1 through 127      The set of data rates (in units of 500 kbit/s)      5
                                               inclusive (for     that must be supported by all STAs that desire      6
                                                                                                                      7
                                               each integer in    to join this BSS. The STA that is creating the
                                                                                                                      8
                                               the set)           BSS must be able to receive and transmit at
                                                                                                                      9
                                                                  each of the data rates listed in the set.           10
 OperationalRateSet          set of integers   1 through 127      The set of data rates (in units of 500 kbit/s)
                                                                                                                      11
                                               inclusive (for     that the STA desires to use for communica-          12
                                               each integer in    tion within the BSS. The STA must be able to        13
                                               the set)           receive at each of the data rates listed in the     14
                                                                  set. The OperationalRateSet This set is a           15
                                                                  superset of the BSS basic rate set BSSBasi-         16
                                                                  cRateSet advertised by the BSS.                     17
                                                                                                                      18
10.4.4 PLME_DSSSTESTMODE                                                                                              19
Add switches for the new options.                                                                                     20
                                                                                                                      21
PLME-DSSSTESTMODE.request (                                                                                           22
                           TEST_ENABLE,                                                                               23
                           TEST_MODE,                                                                                 24
                           SCRAMBLE_STATE,                                                                            25
                           SPREADING_STATE,                                                                           26
                                                                                                                      27
                           DATA_TYPE,
                                                                                                                      28
                           DATA_RATE;                                                                                 29
                           PREAMBLE_TYPE;                                                                             30
                           MODULATION_CODE_TYPE;                                                                      31
                           )                                                                                          32
                                                                                                                      33
                                                                                                                      34
                                                                                                                      35
                                                                                                                      36
                                                                                                                      37
                                                                                                                      38
                                                                                                                      39
                                                                                                                      40
                                                                                                                      41
                                                                                                                      42
                                                                                                                      43
                                                                                                                      44
                                                                                                                      45
                                                                                                                      46
                                                                                                                      47
                                                                                                                      48
                                                                                                                      49
                                                                                                                      50
                                                                                                                      51
                                                                                                                      52
                                                                                                                      53
                                                                                                                      54
                                                                                                                      55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
10                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                      1
                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                      3
                                               Valid                                                                  4
            Name                  Type                                           Description
                                               Range                                                                  5
 TEST_ENABLE                     Boolean    True, false     If true, enables the PHY test mode according to the       6
                                                            remaining parameters                                      7
 TEST_MODE                       Integer    1, 2, 3         TEST_MODE selects one of three operational                8
                                                            modes                                                     9
                                                            01 = transparent receive                                  10
                                                            02 = continuous transmit                                  11
                                                            03 = 50% duty cycle                                       12
 SCRAMBLE_STATE                  Boolean    True, false     If true, sets the operational state of the scrambler to   13
                                                            ON                                                        14
 SPREADING_STATE                 Boolean    True, false     If true, selects the operational state of the chipping    15
                                                                                                                      16
 DATA_TYPE                       Integer    1, 2, 3         Selects one of three data patterns to be used for the     17
                                                            transmit portions of the tests. For example:              18
                                                            all one, all zeros, and random data patterns              19
 DATA_RATE                       Integer    2, 4, 11, 22    Selects between 1 and 2 Mbit/s operation                  20
                                                            02 = 1 Mbit/s                                             21
                                                            04 = 2 Mbit/s                                             22
                                                            11 = 5.5 Mbit/s
                                                            22 = 11 Mbit/s                                            23
                                                                                                                      24
 PREAMBLE_TYPE                   Boolean    null, 0,1       Selects the preamble length.
                                                            Can be null                                               25
                                                                                                                      26
 MODULATION_CODE_TYP             Boolean    null, 0, 1      Selects the modulation code
 E                                                          0 = CCK                                                   27
                                                            1 = PBCC                                                  28
                                                            Can be null                                               29
                                                                                                                      30
                                                                                                                      31
                                                                                                                      32
                                                                                                                      33
Add a paragraph 18 as follows:                                                                                        34
                                                                                                                      35
                                                                                                                      36
                                                                                                                      37
                                                                                                                      38
                                                                                                                      39
                                                                                                                      40
                                                                                                                      41
                                                                                                                      42
                                                                                                                      43
                                                                                                                      44
                                                                                                                      45
                                                                                                                      46
                                                                                                                      47
                                                                                                                      48
                                                                                                                      49
                                                                                                                      50
                                                                                                                      51
                                                                                                                      52
                                                                                                                      53
                                                                                                                      54
                                                                                                                      55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
11                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:



18 High rate direct sequence spread spectrum (HR/DSSS) PHY specification                                         1
                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                 3
18.1 Overview                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                 5
This clause specifies the high rate extension of the physical layer for the Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum      6
(DSSS) system (clause 15 in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999) hereinafter known as the High Rate PHY for the                7
2.4GHz band designated for ISM applications. The Radio Frequency LAN system is aimed at the 2.4 GHz              8
bands designated for ISM applications as provided in the USA according to Code of Federal Regulations,           9
Title 47, Section 15.247, in Europe by ETS 300-328 and other countries according to subclause 18.4.6.2.          10
                                                                                                                 11
This extension of the DSSS system builds on the data rate capabilities as described in clause 15 in IEEE Std     12
802.11- 1999 to provide 5.5 and 11 Mbit/s payload data rates in addition to the 1 and 2 Mbps rates. To pro-      13
vide the higher rates, 8 chip Complementary Code Keying (CCK) is employed as the modulation scheme.              14
The chipping rate is 11 MHz, which is the same as the DSSS system as described in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999          15
clause 15, thus providing the same occupied channel bandwidth. The basic new capability described in this        16
clause is called High Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (HR/DSSS). The basic High Rate PHY uses               17
the same PLCP preamble and header as the DSSS PHY so both PHYs can co-exist in the same BSS and can              18
use the rate switching mechanism as provided.                                                                    19
                                                                                                                 20
In addition to providing higher speed extensions to the DSSS system, a number of optional features are           21
described that will allow the performance of the Radio Frequency LAN system to be improved as technol-           22
ogy allows the implementation of these options to become cost effective.                                         23
                                                                                                                 24
An optional mode replacing the CCK modulation with Packet Binary Convolutional Coding (HR/DSSS/                  25
PBCC) is provided.                                                                                               26
                                                                                                                 27
                                                                                                                 28
Another optional mode which allows data throughput at the higher rates (2, 5.5 and 11 Mbit/s) to be signifi-
                                                                                                                 29
cantly, increased by using a shorter PLCP preamble, is also provided. This mode is called HR/DSSS/short or
                                                                                                                 30
HR/DSSS/PBCC/short. This short preamble mode can co-exist with DSSS, HR/DSSS, or HR/DSSS/PBCC
                                                                                                                 31
under limited circumstances such as on different channels or with appropriate CCA mechanisms.
                                                                                                                 32
                                                                                                                 33
An optional capability for channel agility is also provided for. This option allows an implementation to over-   34
come some inherent difficulty with static channel assignements (a tone jammer), without burdening all            35
implementations with the added cost of this capability. This option can also be used to implement 802.11         36
compliant systems that are interoperable with both FH and DS modulations. See informative Annex F for            37
more details.                                                                                                    38
                                                                                                                 39
18.1.1 Scope                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                 41
This clause specifies the Physical Layer Entity for the Higher Rate Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum              42
(DSSS) extension and the changes that have to be made to the base standard to accommodate the High Rate          43
PHY.                                                                                                             44
                                                                                                                 45
The High Rate PHY layer consists of two protocol functions:                                                      46
                                                                                                                 47
     a)   A physical layer convergence function, which adapts the capabilities of the physical medium depen-     48
          dent (PMD) system to the PHY service. This function is supported by the physical layer conver-         49
          gence procedure (PLCP), which defines a method of mapping the MAC sublayer protocol data               50
          units (MPDU) into a framing format suitable for sending and receiving user data and management         51
          information between two or more STAs using the associated PMD system. The PHY exchanges                52
          PHY Protocol Data Units (PPDU) that contain PLCP Service Data Units (PSDU). The MAC uses               53
          the PHY service, so each MPDU corresponds to a PSDU that is carried in a PPDU.                         54
                                                                                                                 55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
12                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


     b)   A PMD system, whose function defines the characteristics of, and method of transmitting and                1
          receiving data through, a wireless medium between two or more STAs each using the High Rate sys-           2
          tem.                                                                                                       3
                                                                                                                     4
18.1.2 High Rate P HY functions                                                                                      5
                                                                                                                     6
The 2.4 GHz High Rate PHY architecture is depicted in the ISO/IEC basic reference model shown in Figure              7
11. The High Rate PHY contains three functional entities: the PMD function, the physical layer convergence           8
function, and the layer management function. Each of these functions is described in detail in the following         9
subclauses. For the purposes of MAC and MAC Management when channel agility is both present and                      10
enabled (see 18.3.2 and Annex C), the High Rate PHY shall be interpreted to be both a High Rate and a fre-           11
quency hopping physical layer.                                                                                       12
                                                                                                                     13
The High Rate PHY service shall be provided to the MAC through the PHY service primitives described in               14
Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.11- 1999.                                                                                  15
                                                                                                                     16
18.1.2.1 PLCP sublayer                                                                                               17
                                                                                                                     18
To allow the MAC to operate with minimum dependence on the PMD sublayer, a physical layer conver-                    19
gence procedure (PLCP) sublayer is defined. This function simplifies the PHY service interface to the                20
MAC services.                                                                                                        21
                                                                                                                     22
18.1.2.2 Physical Medium Dependent Sublayer (PMD) sublayer                                                           23
                                                                                                                     24
The PMD sublayer provides a means and method of transmitting and receiving data through a wireless                   25
medium (WM) between two or more STAs each using the High Rate system.                                                26
                                                                                                                     27
18.1.2.3 Physical layer management entity (PLME)                                                                     28
                                                                                                                     29
The PLME performs management of the local PHY functions in conjunction with the MAC management                       30
entity.                                                                                                              31
                                                                                                                     32
18.1.3 Service specification method and notation                                                                     33
                                                                                                                     34
                                                                                                                     35
The models represented by figures and state diagrams are intended to be illustrations of functions provided.
                                                                                                                     36
It is important to distinguish between a model and a real implementation. The models are optimized for sim-
                                                                                                                     37
plicity and clarity of presentation; the actual method of implementation is left to the discretion of the High
                                                                                                                     38
Rate PHY compliant developer.
                                                                                                                     39
                                                                                                                     40
The service of a layer or sublayer is a set of capabilities that it offers to a user in the next-higher layer (or
                                                                                                                     41
sublayer). Abstract services are specified here by describing the service primitives and parameters that char-
                                                                                                                     42
acterize each service. This definition is independent of any particular implementation.
                                                                                                                     43
                                                                                                                     44
18.2 High Rate PLCP sublayer                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                     46
18.2.1 Overview                                                                                                      47
                                                                                                                     48
This subclause provides a convergence procedure for the 2, 5.5 and 11 Mbit/s specification in which PSDUs            49
are converted to and from PPDUs. During transmission, the PSDU shall be appended to a PLCP preamble                  50
and header to create the PPDU. Two different preambles and headers are defined: the mandatory supported              51
long preamble and header which interoperates with the current 1 and 2 Mbit/s DSSS specification as                   52
described in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999, and an optional short preamble and header. At the receiver, the PLCP             53
preamble and header are processed to aid in demodulation and delivery of the PSDU.                                   54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
13                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


The optional short preamble and header is intended for applications where maximum throughput is desired                  1
and interoperability with legacy and non short preamble capable equipment is not a consideration. That is, it            2
is expected to be used only in networks of like equipment that can all handle the optional mode.                         3
                                                                                                                         4
18.2.2 PPDU format                                                                                                       5
                                                                                                                         6
Two different preambles and headers are defined: the mandatory supported long preamble and header which                  7
is interoperable with the current 1 and 2 Mbit/s DSSS specification as described in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999,               8
and an optional short preamble and header.                                                                               9
                                                                                                                         10
18.2.2.1 Long PLCP PPDU format                                                                                           11
                                                                                                                         12
Figure 1 shows the format for the interoperable (long) PPDU including the High Rate PLCP Preamble, the                   13
High Rate PLCP Header, and the PSDU. The PLCP Preamble contains the following fields: Synchronization                    14
(Sync) and Start Frame Delimiter (SFD). The PLCP Header contains the following fields: Signaling (SIG-                   15
NAL), Service (SERVICE), Length (L ENGTH), and CCITT CRC-16 field. Each of these fields is                               16
described in detail in 18.2.3. The format for the PPDU including the long High Rate PLCP preamble, the                   17
long High Rate PLCP header and the PSDU do not differ from the IEEE Std 802.11- 1999 for 1 and 2 Mbit/                   18
s. The only exceptions are the encoding of the rate in the SIGNAL Field and the use of bits in the SERVICE               19
field to resolve an ambiguity in PSDU length in octets when the length is expressed in whole microseconds                20
and to indicate if the optional PBCC mode is being used                                                                  21
                                                                                                                         22
.                                                                                                                        23
     SCRAMBLED ONES                                                                                                      24
                                                                                                                         25
                                                                                                                         26
       SYNC             SFD              SIGNAL          SERVICE         LENGTH               CRC      1 Mbit/s D BPSK
      128 BITS         16 BITS           8 BITS           8 BITS         16 BITS             16 BITS   BARKER            27
                                                                                                                         28
                                                                                                                         29
                                                                                                                         30
                                                                                                                         31
            PLCP PREAMBLE                PLCP HEADER
               144 BITS                     48 BITS
                                                                       PSDU                                              32
                                                                                                                         33
                               192µs
                                                                                                                         34
                                                                                   1 DBPSK BARKER                        35
                                           PPDU                                    2 DQPSK BARKER
                                                                                   5.5 OR 11 M bit/s                     36
                                                                                                                         37
                                       Figure 1—Long PLCP PPDU format
                                                                                                                         38
                                                                                                                         39
18.2.2.2 Short PLCP PPDU format (Optional)                                                                               40
                                                                                                                         41
The short PLCP preamble and header (HR/DSSS/short) is defined as optional. The short preamble and                        42
header may be used to minimize overhead and thus maximize the network data throughput. The format of                     43
the PPDU with HR/DSSS/short is depicted in Figure 2.                                                                     44
                                                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                         47
                                                                                                                         48
                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                         55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
14                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                 IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                              P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                        1
                                                                                                                        2
            SCRAMBLED ZEROS                     BACKWARD
                                                SFD                                                                     3
                                                                                                                        4
            short SYNC       shortSFD
                                                                                                                        5
              56 BITS         16 BITS                                                                                   6
                  DBPSK BARKER                                                                                          7
                                                   SIGNAL          SERVICE         LENGTH            CRC                8
                                                   8 BITS           8 BITS         16 BITS          16 BITS
                                                                                                                        9
                                                   2 Mbit/s                                                             10
                                                                                                                        11
                                                                                                                        12
                 SHORT PLCP PREAMBLE            SHORT P LCP HEADER               PSDU                                   13
                   72 BITS @ 1 Mbit/s             48 BITS @ 2 Mbit/s   VARIABLE @ 2, 5.5, OR 11Mbit/s
                                                                                                                        14
                                        96µ s                                                                           15
                                                                                                                        16
                                                     PPDU                                                               17
                                                                                                                        18
                                                                                                                        19
                                 Figure 2—Short PLCP PPDU format
                                                                                                                        20
                                                                                                                        21
                                                                                                                        22
A transmitter using the short PLCP will only be interoperable with another receiver which is also capable of
                                                                                                                        23
receiving this short PLCP. To interopera te with a receiver that is not capable of receiving a short preamble
                                                                                                                        24
and header, the transmitter shall use the long PLCP preamble and header. The short PLCP preamble uses the
                                                                                                                        25
1 Mbit/s Barker code spreading with DBPSK modulation. The short PLCP header uses the 2 Mbit/s Barker
                                                                                                                        26
code spreading with DQPSK modulation and the PSDU is transmitted at 2Mbit/s, 5.5 Mbit/s or 11 Mbit/s .
                                                                                                                        27
                                                                                                                        28
Stations not implementing this option that do active scanning will get a response even when the network is              29
using short preambles since all management traffic is returned with the same type preamble as received.                 30
                                                                                                                        31
18.2.3 PLCP PPDU field definitions                                                                                      32
                                                                                                                        33
                                                                                                                        34
In the following PLCP field definition subclauses, the definitions for the Long (i.e. clause 15) PLCP fields
                                                                                                                        35
are described first. Subsequently, the definitions of the short PLCP are defined. The names for the short
                                                                                                                        36
PLCP fields are preceded with the term Short.
                                                                                                                        37
                                                                                                                        38
18.2.3.1 Long PLCP Synchronization Field (SYNC)                                                                         39
                                                                                                                        40
The SYNC field shall consist of 128 bits of scrambled "1" bits. This field is provided so the receiver can per-         41
form the necessary synchronization operations. The initial state of the scrambler (seed) shall be [1101100],            42
where the left most bit specifies the value to put in the first delay element (Z1 ) in Figure 5 and the right most      43
bit specifies the value to put in the last delay element in the scrambler.                                              44
                                                                                                                        45
                                                                                                                        46
To support the reception of DSSS signals generated with implementations based on clause 15, the receiver
                                                                                                                        47
shall also be capable of synchronization on a SYNC field derived from any non-zero scrambler initial state.
                                                                                                                        48
                                                                                                                        49
18.2.3.2 Long PLCP Start Frame Delimiter (SFD)                                                                          50
                                                                                                                        51
The SFD shall be provided to indicate the start of PHY dependent parameters within the PLCP Preamble.                   52
The SFD shall be a 16-bit field, [1111 0011 1010 0000], where the right most bit shall be transmitted first in          53
time.                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                        55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
15                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001         Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.2.3.3 Long PLCP Signal (SIGNAL) field                                                                           1
                                                                                                                   2
The 8-bit signal field indicates to the PHY the modulation that shall be used for transmission (and recep-         3
tion) of the PSDU. The data rate shall be equal to the SIGNAL field value multiplied by 100 kbit/s. The            4
High Rate PHY supports four mandatory rates given by the following 8 bit words which represent the rate in         5
units of 100 kbit/s, where the lsb shall be transmitted first in time:                                             6
                                                                                                                   7
     a)   X'0A' (msb to lsb) for 1 Mbit/s                                                                          8
     b)   X'14' (msb to lsb) for 2 Mbit/s                                                                          9
     c)   X’37’ (msb to lsb) for 5.5 Mbit/s                                                                        10
     d)   X’6E’ (msb to lsb) for 11 Mbit/s                                                                         11
                                                                                                                   12
The High Rate PHY rate change capability is described in 18.2.3.14. This field shall be protected by the           13
CCITT CRC-16 frame check sequence described in 18.2.3.6.                                                           14
                                                                                                                   15
                                                                                                                   16
18.2.3.4 Long PLCP SERVICE (SERVICE) field
                                                                                                                   17
                                                                                                                   18
Three bits have been defined in the SERVICE field to support the high rate extension. The right most bit (bit
                                                                                                                   19
7) shall be used to supplement the LENGTH field described in 18.2.3.5. Bit 3 shall be used to indicate
                                                                                                                   20
whether the modulation method is CCK <0> or PBCC <1> as shown in Table 1. Bit 2 is used to indicate that
                                                                                                                   21
the transmit frequency and symbol clocks are derived from the same oscillator. This Locked Clocks bit shall
                                                                                                                   22
be set by the PHY layer based on its implementation configuration. The SERVICE field shall be transmitted
                                                                                                                   23
b0 first in time and shall be protected by the CCITT CRC-16 frame check sequence described in 18.2.3.6.
                                                                                                                   24
An IEEE802.11 compliant device shall set the values of the bits b0, b1, b4, b5 and b6 to 0.
                                                                                                                   25
                                                                                                                   26
                                     Table 1. SERVICE field definitions                                            27
                                                                                                                   28
                                                                                                                   29
b0             b1             b2              b3                b4            b5             b6         b7
                                                                                                                   30
Reserved       Reserved       Locked          Mod. Selec-       Reserved      Reserved       Reserved   Length     31
                              Clocks Bit      tion Bit                                                  Exten-     32
                              0 = not         0 = CCK                                                   sion Bit   33
                              1 = locked      1 = PBCC
                                                                                                                   34
                                                                                                                   35
                                                                                                                   36
18.2.3.5 Long PLCP Length (LENGTH) field                                                                           37
                                                                                                                   38
The PLCP length field shall be an unsigned 16 bit integer which indicates the number of microseconds               39
required to transmit the PSDU. The transmitted value shall be determined from the LENGTH and DataRate              40
parameters in the TXVECTOR issued with the PHY-TXSTART.request primitive described in subclause                    41
18.4.4.2.                                                                                                          42
                                                                                                                   43
The length field provided in the TXVECTOR is in octets and is converted to microseconds for inclusion in           44
the PLCP LENGTH field. The LENGTH field is calculated as follows: Since there is an ambiguity in the               45
number of octets that is described by a length in integer microseconds for any data rate over 8 Mbit/s, a          46
Length Extension bit shall be placed at bit position b7 in the SERVICE field to indicate when the smaller          47
potential number of octets is correct.                                                                             48
                                                                                                                   49
     a)   5.5Mbit/s CCK   Length = number of octets * 8/5.5, rounded up to the next integer.                       50
     b)   11Mbit/s CCK    Length = number of octets * 8/11, rounded up to the next integer and the service         51
                          field b7 bit shall indicate a ‘0’ if the rounding took less than 8/11 or a ‘1’ if the    52
                          rounding took more than or equal to 8/11.                                                53
     c)   5.5 Mbit/s PBCC Length = (number of octets + 1)* 8/5.5, rounded up to the next integer.                  54
                                                                                                                   55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
16                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


     d)   11 Mbit/s PBCC Length = (number of octets + 1)* 8/11, rounded up to the next integer and the ser-            1
                         vice field b7 bit shall indicate a ‘0’ if the rounding took less than 8/11 or a ‘1’ if        2
                         the rounding took more than or equal to 8/11.                                                 3
                                                                                                                       4
At the receiver, the number of octets in the MPDU is calculated as follows:                                            5
                                                                                                                       6
     a)   5.5 Mbit/s CCK  number of octets = Length * 5.5/8, rounded down to the next integer                          7
     b)   11 Mbit/s CCK   number of octets = Length * 11/8, rounded down to the next integer, minus 1 if               8
                          the service field b7 bit is a ‘1’.                                                           9
     c)   5.5 Mbit/s PBCC number of octets = (Length * 5.5/8) -1, rounded down to the next integer                     10
     d)   11 Mbit/s PBCC number of octets = (Length * 11/8) -1, rounded down to the next integer, minus 1              11
                          if the service field b7 bit is a ‘1’.                                                        12
                                                                                                                       13
An example for an 11 Mbit/s calculation described in psuedocode form is shown below.                                   14
                                                                                                                       15
At the transmitter, the values of the Length field and Length Extension bit are calculated as follows:
                                                                                                                       16
                                                                                                                       17
     LENGTH’ = ((number of octets + P) *8) / R                                                                         18
     LENGTH = Ceiling(LENGTH’)                                                                                         19
                                                                                                                       20
 IF (R = 11) AND (LENGTH - LENGTH’) >= 8/11)                                                                           21
 Then LengthExtension = 1                                                                                              22
 Else LengthExtension = 0                                                                                              23
Where:                                                                                                                 24
 R = data rate in Mbit/s                                                                                               25
                                                                                                                       26
 P = 0 for CCK, =1 for PBCC
                                                                                                                       27
 Ceiling(X) returns the smallest
                                                                                                                       28
   integer value greater than or                                                                                       29
   equal to X.                                                                                                         30
                                                                                                                       31
At the receiver, the number of octets in the MPDU is calculated as follows:                                            32
                                                                                                                       33
number of octets = Floor(((Length*R) / 8) - P) - LengthExtension                                                       34
                                                                                                                       35
Where:                                                                                                                 36
 R = data rate in Mbit/s                                                                                               37
 P = 0 for CCK, =1 for PBCC                                                                                            38
 Floor(X) returns the largest                                                                                          39
   integer value less than or                                                                                          40
   equal to X.                                                                                                         41
                                                                                                                       42
Table 2 shows an example calculation for several packet lengths of CCK at 11 Mbit/s:                                   43
                                                                                                                       44
                           Table 2-Example of LENGTH calculations for CCK                                              45
                                                                                                                       46
                                                        Length                                                         47
                       Octets                                         LENGTH
     TX Octets                      LENGTH            Extension                             floor(X)    RX Octets      48
                        *8/11                                            *11/8
                                                             bit                                                       49
          1023             744             744                 0           1023                1023           1023     50
                                                                                                                       51
          1024       744.7273              745                 0       1024.375                1024           1024
                                                                                                                       52
          1025       745.4545              746                 0        1025.75                1025           1025     53
          1026       746.1818              747                 1       1027.125                1027           1026     54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
17                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


Table 3 shows an example calculation for several packet lengths of PBCC at 11 Mbit/s:                               1
                                                                                                                    2
                          Table 3-Example of LENGTH calculations for PBCC                                           3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                         Length                                                     5
                       (Octets                                        (LENGTH
     TX Octets                       LENGTH            Extension                             floor(X)   RX Octets   6
                     *8/11) + 1                                         *11/8) - 1
                                                              bit                                                   7
           1023       744.7273              745                 0       1023.375                1023        1023    8
           1024       745.4545              746                 0       1024.750                1024        1024    9
                                                                                                                    10
           1025       746.1818              747                 1       1026.125                1026        1025    11
           1026       746.9091              747                 0       1026.125                1026        1026    12
                                                                                                                    13
This example illustrates why normal rounding or truncation of the number will not produce the right result.         14
The length field is defined in units of microseconds, and must correspond to the actual length and the num-         15
ber of octets must be exact.                                                                                        16
                                                                                                                    17
The lsb (least significant bit) shall be transmitted first in time. This field shall be protected by the CCITT      18
CRC-16 frame check sequence described in subclause 18.2.3.6.                                                        19
                                                                                                                    20
                                                                                                                    21
18.2.3.6 PLCP CRC (CCITT CRC-16) field
                                                                                                                    22
                                                                                                                    23
The SIGNAL, SERVICE, and LENGTH fields shall be protected with a CCITT CRC-16 FCS (frame check
                                                                                                                    24
sequence). The CCITT CRC-16 FCS shall be the one’s complement of the remainder generated by the mod-
                                                                                                                    25
ulo 2 division of the protected PLCP fields by the polynomial:
                                                                                                                    26
                                                                                                                    27
     x16 + x12 + x5 + 1                                                                                             28
                                                                                                                    29
The protected bits shall be processed in transmit order. All FCS calculations shall be made prior to data           30
scrambling. A schematic of the processing is shown in Figure 3                                                      31
                                                                                                                    32
As an example, the SIGNAL, SERVICE, and LENGTH fields for a DBPSK signal with a PPDU length of                      33
192 µs (24 octets) would be given by the following:                                                                 34
                                                                                                                    35
     0101 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0000 0000 (leftmost bit (b0) transmitted first in time)                          36
     b0.................................................................b48                                         37
                                                                                                                    38
                                                                                                                    39
The one’s complement FCS for these protected PLCP Preamble bits would be the following:
                                                                                                                    40
                                                                                                                    41
     0101 1011 0101 0111 (leftmost bit (b0) transmitted first in time)
                                                                                                                    42
     b0.........................b16                                                                                 43
                                                                                                                    44
Figure 3 depicts this example.                                                                                      45
                                                                                                                    46
An illustrative example of the CCITT CRC-16 FCS using the information from Figure 3 follows in Figure 4.            47
                                                                                                                    48
18.2.3.7 Long PLCP Data Modulation and Modulation Rate Change                                                       49
                                                                                                                    50
The long PLCP preamble and header shall be transmitted using the 1 Mbit/s DBPSK modulation. The SIG-                51
NAL and SERVICE fields combined shall indicate the modulation which shall be used to transmit the                   52
PSDU. The SIGNAL field indicates the rate and the SERVICE field indicates the modulation. The transmit-             53
ter and receiver shall initiate the modulation and rate indicated by the SIGNAL and SERVICE fields starting         54
                                                                                                                    55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
18                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                         3
                                                                                                                         4
                           TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE PLCP HEADER                                                              5
                                CCIT CRC-16 CALCULATOR                                                                   6
                                                                                                                         7
                                                                                                                         8
     SERIAL DATA                           CCITT                                    SERIAL DATA                          9
     INPUT                                 CRC-16                                   OUTPUT
                                                                                                                         10
                                                                                                                         11
                                                                                                                         12
                                                PRESET
                                                                                                                         13
                                                TO ONES                 1. PRESET TO ALL ONES                            14
                                                                        2. SHIFT SIGNAL, SERVICE LENGTH FIELDS           15
                                                                           THROUGH THE SHIFT REGISTER
                                                                        3. TAKE ONES COMPLEMENT OF REMAINDER             16
                                                                        4. TRANSMIT OUT SERIAL X15 FIRST                 17
                                                                                                                         18
                                                                                                                         19
                                                                                                                         20
                                                                                                                         21
                                                                                                                         22
                                                                                                                         23
                                                                                                                         24
               CCITT CRC-16 POLYNOMIAL: G(x) = X 16 + X12 + X 5 + 1
                                                                                                                         25
                                                                                                                         26
 SERIAL DATA                                                                                                             27
 INPUT
               +       X15 X14 X13 X12
                                             +            X11 X10 X9 X8 X7 X6 X 5        +         X4 X3 X2 X1 X 0       28
                                                                                                                         29
                                                                                                                         30
                                                                                                                         31
                                                                                                                         32
                                                                                                                         33
                                                                                                                         34
                                                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                         36
                                                                                                                         37
                                                                                                                         38
                                                                                                  SERIAL DATA OUTPUT     39
                                                           ONES COMPLEMENT
                                                                                                  (X15 FIRST)            40
                                                                                                                         41
                                                                                                                         42
                                                                                                                         43
                                Figure 3—CCITT CRC-16 Implementation                                                     44
                                                                                                                         45
with the first octet of the PSDU. The PSDU transmission rate shall be set by the DATARATE parameter in                   46
the TXVECTOR issued with the PHY-TXSTART.request primitive described in subclause 18.4.4.1.                              47
                                                                                                                         48
18.2.3.8 Short PLCP Synchronization (shortSYNC)                                                                          49
                                                                                                                         50
The shortSYNC field shall consist of 56 bits of scrambled "0" bits. This field is provided so the receiver can           51
perform the necessary synchronization operations. The initial state of the scrambler (seed) shall be [001                52
1011], where the left end bit specifies the value to place in the first delay element (Z1 ) in Figure 5 and the          53
right end bit specifies the value to place in the last delay element (Z 7).                                              54
                                                                                                                         55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
19                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


                                                                                                                  1
                  Data         CRC registers
                               msb           lsb                                                                  2
                                                                                                                  3
                               1111111111111111             ; initialize preset to 1’s                            4
                    0          1110111111011111
                    1          1101111110111110                                                                   5
                    0          1010111101011101                                                                   6
                    1          0101111010111010                                                                   7
                    0          1011110101110100
                    0          0110101011001001                                                                   8
                    0          1101010110010010                                                                   9
                    0          1011101100000101                                                                   10
                    0          0110011000101011
                    0          1100110001010110                                                                   11
                    0          1000100010001101                                                                   12
                    0          0000000100111011                                                                   13
                    0          0000001001110110
                    0          0000010011101100                                                                   14
                    0          0000100111011000                                                                   15
                    0          0001001110110000                                                                   16
                    0          0010011101100000
                    0          0100111011000000                                                                   17
                    0          1001110110000000                                                                   18
                    0          0010101100100001                                                                   19
                    0          0101011001000010
                    0          1010110010000100                                                                   20
                    1          0101100100001000                                                                   21
                    1          1010001000110001                                                                   22
                    0          0101010001000011
                    0          1010100010000110                                                                   23
                    0          0100000100101101                                                                   24
                    0          1000001001011010                                                                   25
                    0          0001010010010101
                    0          0010100100101010                                                                   26
                    0          0101001001010100                                                                   27
                    0          1010010010101000                                                                   28
                               0101101101010111             ; one’s complement, result = CRC FCS parity
                                                                                                                  29
                                    Figure 4—Example CRC calculation                                              30
                                                                                                                  31
                                                                                                                  32
                                                                                                                  33
                                                                                                                  34
                                                                                                                  35
18.2.3.9 Short PLCP Start Frame Delimiter Field (shortSFD)                                                        36
                                                                                                                  37
                                                                                                                  38
The shortSFD shall be a 16 bit field and be the time reverse of the field of the SFD in the long PLCP pream-
                                                                                                                  39
ble (subclause18.2.3.2). The field is the bit pattern 0000 0101 1100 1111. The right end bit shall be transmit-
                                                                                                                  40
ted first in time. A receiver not configured to use the short header option will not detect this SFD.
                                                                                                                  41
                                                                                                                  42
18.2.3.10 Short PLCP SIGNAL Field (shortSignal)                                                                   43
                                                                                                                  44
                                                                                                                  45
The 8 bit SIGNAL Field of the short header indicates to the PHY the data rate which shall be used for trans-
                                                                                                                  46
mission (and reception) of the PSDU. A PHY operating with a HR/DSSS/short option supports three manda-
                                                                                                                  47
tory rates given by the following 8 bit words, where the lsb shall be transmitted first in time and the number    48
represents the rate in units of 100 kBit/s:                                                                       49
                                                                                                                  50
     a)   X’14’(msb to lsb) for 2 Mbit/s                                                                          51
                                                                                                                  52
     b)   X’37’(msb to lsb) for 5.5 Mbit/s                                                                        53
     c)   X’6E’(msb to lsb) for 11 Mbit/s                                                                         54
                                                                                                                  55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
20                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.2.3.11 Short PLCP SERVICE Field (shortService)                                                                    1
                                                                                                                     2
The SERVICE field in the short header shall be the same as the SERVICE field described in subclause                  3
18.2.3.4.                                                                                                            4
                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                     6
18.2.3.12 Short PLCP Length Field (shortLENGTH)
                                                                                                                     7
                                                                                                                     8
The LENGTH field in the short header shall be the same as the LENGTH field described in subclause                    9
18.2.3.5                                                                                                             10
                                                                                                                     11
18.2.3.13 Short CCITT CRC-16 Field (shortCRC)                                                                        12
                                                                                                                     13
The CRC in the short header shall be the same as the CRC field as defined in subclause 18.2.3.6. The CRC-            14
16 is calculated over the shortSIGNAL, shortSERVICE, and shortLENGTH fields.                                         15
                                                                                                                     16
                                                                                                                     17
18.2.3.14 Short PLCP Data Modulation and Modulation rate Change
                                                                                                                     18
                                                                                                                     19
The short PLCP preamble shall be transmitted using the 1 Mbit/s DBPSK modulation. The short PLCP                     20
header shall be transmitted using the 2 Mbit/s modulation. The SIGNAL and SERVICE fields combined                    21
shall indicate the modulation which shall be used to transmit the PSDU. The SIGNAL field indicates the rate          22
and the SERVICE field indicates the modulation. The transmitter and receiver shall initiate the modulation           23
and rate indicated by the SIGNAL and SERVICE fields starting with the first octet of the PSDU. The                   24
PSDU transmission rate shall be set by the DATARATE parameter in the TXVECTOR issued with the                        25
PHY-TXSTART.request primitive described in subclause 18.4.4.1.                                                       26
                                                                                                                     27
18.2.4 PLCP/High Rate PHY data scrambler and descrambler                                                             28
                                                                                                                     29
The polynomial G(z) = z –7 + z –4 + 1 shall be used to scramble all bits transmitted. The feedthrough configura-     30
tion of the scrambler and descrambler is self-synchronizing, which requires no prior knowledge of the transmit-      31
ter initialization of the scrambler for receive processing. Figure 5 and Figure 6 show typical implementations of    32
the data scrambler and descrambler, but other implementations are possible.                                          33
                                                                                                                     34
The scrambler shall be initialized as specified in subclause 18.2.3.8 for the short PLCP and subclause               35
18.2.3.1 for the long PLCP. For a long preamble, this shall result in the scrambler registers Z1 through Z7 in       36
Figure 5 having the data pattern: [1101100] (i.e. Z1=1... Z7=0) when the scrambler is first started. The             37
scrambler shall be initialized with the reverse pattern, [0011011] when transmitting the optional short pre-         38
amble.                                                                                                               39
                                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                     41
                               Scrambler Polynomial; G(z) = Z-7 +Z-4 +1
                                                                                                                     42
                                                                                            SERIAL DATA              43
                                                                                            OUTPUT                   44
 SERIAL DATA                                                                                                         45
 INPUT                    XOR               Z 1 Z2 Z3 Z4                     Z 5 Z6 Z7                               46
                                                                                                                     47
                                                                                                                     48
                                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
                                                                XOR                                                  51
                                                                                                                     52
                                                                                                                     53
                                        Figure 5—Data scrambler                                                      54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
21                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:



                                        Descrambler Polynomial; G(z) = Z- 7 +Z -4 +1                              1
                                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                                  3
      SERIAL DATA INPUT                                Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4                     Z 5 Z 6 Z7
                                                                                                                  4
                                                                                                                  5
                                                                                                                  6
                                                                                                                  7
                                                                                                                  8
                                                                                                                  9
                                 XOR                                         XOR                                  10
                                                                                                                  11
                                                                                                                  12
                                                                                             SERIAL DATA OUTPUT   13
                                                                                                                  14
                                         Figure 6—Data descrambler
                                                                                                                  15
                                                                                                                  16
18.2.5 PLCP transmit procedure                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                  18
                                                                                                                  19
The transmit procedures for a High Rate PHY using the long PLCP preamble and header are the same as
                                                                                                                  20
those described in IEEE 802.11 Std- 1999, subclauses 15.2.7 and 15.2.8 and do not change apart from the
                                                                                                                  21
ability to transmit 5.5 and 11 Mbit/s.
                                                                                                                  22
                                                                                                                  23
The procedures for a transmitter employing HR/DSSS/short and HR/DSSS/PBCC/short are the same except               24
for length and rate changes. The decision to use a long or short PLCP is beyond the scope of this standard.       25
                                                                                                                  26
The PLCP transmit procedure is shown in Figure 7.                                                                 27
                                                                                                                  28
                                                                                                                  29
A PHY-TXSTART.request(TXVECTOR) primitive will be issued by the MAC to start the transmission of a
                                                                                                                  30
PPDU. In addition to DATARATE and LENGTH other transmit parameters such as PREAMBLE_TYPE and
                                                                                                                  31
MODULATION are set via the PHY-SAP with the PHY-TXSTART.request(TXVECTOR) as described in
                                                                                                                  32
18.3.5. The SIGNAL, SERVICE and LENGTH fields of the PLCP header are calculated as described in sub-
                                                                                                                  33
clause 18.2.3.
                                                                                                                  34
                                                                                                                  35
The PLCP shall issue PMD_ANTSEL, PMD_RATE, and PMD_TXPWRLVL primitives to configure the                           36
PHY. The PLCP shall then issue a PMD_TXSTART.request and the PHY entity shall immediately initiate data           37
scrambling and transmission of the PLCP Preamble based on the parameters passed in the PHY-                       38
TXSTART.request primitive. The time required for TX power on ramp described in 18.4.7.6 shall be included         39
in the PLCP synchronization field. Once the PLCP Preamble transmission is complete, data shall be exchanged       40
between the MAC and the PHY by a series of PHY-DATA.request(DATA) primitives issued by the MAC and                41
PHY-DATA.confirm primitives issued by the PHY. The modulation and rate change, if any, shall be initiated         42
with the first data symbol of the PSDU as described in 18.2.3.7 and 18.2.3.14. The PHY proceeds with PSDU         43
transmission through a series of data octet transfers from the MAC. At the PMD layer, the data octets are sent    44
in lsb to msb order and presented to the PHY layer through PMD_DATA.request primitives. Transmission can          45
be prematurely terminated by the MAC through the primitive PHY-TXEND.request. PHY-TXSTART shall be                46
disabled by the issuance of the PHY-TXEND.request. Normal termination occurs after the transmission of the        47
final bit of the last PSDU octet calculated from the number supplied in the PHY preamble LENGTH and SER-          48
VICE fields using the equations specified in 18.2.3.5. The PPDU transmission shall be completed and the PHY       49
entity shall enter the receive state (i.e., PHY-TXSTART shall be disabled). It is recommended that modulation     50
continue during power-down to prevent radiating a CW carrier. Each PHY-TXEND.request is acknowledged              51
with a PHY-TXEND.confirm primitive from the PHY.                                                                  52
                                                                                                                  53
A typical state machine implementation of the PLCP transmit procedure is provided in Figure 8.                    54
                                                                                                                  55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
22                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                                       IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                                    P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                              1
                                                                                       PHY                       PHY                          2
                                         MAC                                           PLCP                      PMD                          3
                                                                                                                                              4
                                                                                                                                              5
                                                                                                                                              6
        PHY_TXSTART.re q                              PMD_TXPWRLVL.req                                                                        7
          (TXVECTOR)                                      PMD_ RATE.req                                                                       8
                                                         PMD_ ANTSEL.req                                                                      9
                                                                                                                                              10
                                                        PMD_TXSTART.req                                                TX Power RAMP on
                                                                                                                                              11
                                                                                                                        Scramble start
                                                             PMD_DATA.req                                                                     12




                                                                                                  SYNC
                                                                                 .........
 PHY_TXSTART.confirm                                                                                                                          13
                                                                                                                                              14
            PHY_DATA.re q
                                                                                                                                              15




                                                                                                  SFD
                                                          PMD_RATE .req                                                CRC16 start            16
                                                                                                                                              17




                                                                                              SIGNAL, SERVICE,
                                                                                              LENGTH
                                                             PMD_DATA.req                                                                     18
                                                                                                                                              19
     Time                                                                                                                                     20


                                                                                 .........
                                                                                                                                              21
                                                                                                                                              22
                                                                                                                       CRC16 end              23




                                                                                                  CRC
                                                                                                                                              24
       PHY_DATA.confirm                                   PMD_RATE.req                                                                        25
                                                   PMD_MODULATION.req
                                                                                                                                              26
                                                             PMD_DATA.req                                                                     27
                                                                                                                                              28
                                                                                                                                              29
                                                                                                  PSDU



                                                                                                                                              30
                                                                           .........
                             .........




                                                                                                                                              31
                                                                                                                                              32
                                                                                                                                              33
                                                                                                                                              34
             PHY_TXEND.req
                                                         PMD_TXEND.req
                                                                                                                       TX Power RAMP off      35
            PHY_TXEND.conf                                                                                                                    36
                                                                                                                                              37
                                                                                                                                              38
                                               Figure 7—PLCP Transmit Procedure                                                               39
                                                                                                                                              40
                                                                                                                                              41
18.2.6 PLCP receive procedure                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                                              43
The receive procedures for receivers configured to receive the mandatory and optional PLCPs, Rates and                                        44
Modulations are described in this section. A receiver that supports this high rate extension of the standard is                               45
capable of receiving 5.5 Mbit/s and 11 Mbit/s in addition to 1 and 2 Mbit/s. If the PHY implements the short                                  46
preamble option, it shall detect both short and long preamble formats and indicate which type of preamble                                     47
was received in the RXVECTOR. If the PHY implements the PBCC modulation option it shall detect either                                         48
CCK or PBCC modulations as indicated in the SIGNAL field and shall report the type of modulation used in                                      49
the RXVECTOR.                                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                                              51
The receiver shall implement the CCA procedure as define in subclause 18.4.8.4.                                                               52
                                                                                                                                              53
                                                                                                                                              54
                                                                                                                                              55

                                                Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
23                                   This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001         Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


                                                                                                                 1
              PHY_TXSTART.request(TXVECTOR)
                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                 4
                          initialize
                                                                    TX PSDU O CTET
                                                                                                                 5
                                                                                                                 6
                    PMD_TXPWRLVL.req                              PHY_DATA.req(DATA)
                     PMD_ANTSEL.req
                                                                                                                 7
                                                                   get octet from MAC
                    PMD_ PREAMBLE.req
                                                                                                                 8
                                                                   Set Octet bit count
                                                                                                                 9
                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                 11
                     TX SYNC PATTERN                                  TX SYMBOL                                  12
                                                                                                                 13
                    PMD_TXSTART.req
                                                                     PMD_DATA.req                                14
                  PMD_RATE.req (DBPSK)
                    TX 128 scrambled 1’s
                                                                                                                 15
                     or 56 scrambled 0’s                                                                         16
                       TX 16 bit SFD                                                                             17
                                                                     Decrement Bit
                                                                                                                 18
                                                                  decrement bit count                            19
                                                                  by bits per symbol
                                                                                            bit count <> 0
                                                                                                                 20
                     TX PLCP DATA
                                                                                                                 21
                                                                                 bit count = 0
                                                                                                                 22
                     TX 8 bit SIGNAL
                                                                   Decrement Length                              23
                     TX 8 bit SERVICE
                                                                                                                 24
                     TX 16 bit LENGTH                            decrement length count     length <> 0          25
                     TX 16 bit CRC
                                                                                                                 26
                                                                                                                 27
                                                                                   length = 0                    28
                                                                                                                 29
                                                                                                                 30
                      SETUP PSDU TX                                Switch to RX STATE
                                                                                                                 31
                         Set Rate                                                                     A          32
                     PMD_RATE.req ( X )
                      Set modulation
                                                                                                                 33
                  PMD_ MODULATION.req                                                                            34
                    set length count                                                                             35
                                                                                                                 36
                                                                                                                 37
                                                                                                                 38
                      A      At any stage in the above flow diagram, if a PHY_TXTEND.request is received         39
                                                                                                                 40
                                  Figure 8—PLCP transmit state machine                                           41
                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                 43
                                                                                                                 44
Upon receiving a PPDU the receiver shall distinguish between a long and short header format by the value         45
of the SFD as specified in 18.2.2 The receiver shall demodulate a long PLCP header using BPSK at 1 Mbit/         46
s. The receiver shall demodulate a short PLCP header using QPSK at 2 Mbit/s. The receiver shall use the          47
SIGNAL and SERVICE fields of the PLCP header to determine the data rate and the modulation of the                48
PSDU.                                                                                                            49
                                                                                                                 50
The PLCP receive procedure is shown in Figure 9.                                                                 51
                                                                                                                 52
In order to receive data, PHY-TXSTART.request shall be disabled so that the PHY entity is in the receive         53
state. Further, through station management via the PLME, the PHY is set to the appropriate channel and the       54
                                                                                                                 55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
24                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                     1
                                                                 PHY
                                                                 PLCP
                                                                                        PHY
                                                                                                                                     2
                              MAC
                                                                                        PMD                                          3
                                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                     7
                                                    PMD_ED
        PHY_CCA.ind(BUSY)                                                                                                            8
                                                     PMD_CS
                                                                                                                                     9




                                                                                          SYNC
                                                                                                                Descrambler start
                                                 PMD_DATA.ind
                                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                                     11
                                                                                                                                     12
                                                                                                                                     13




                                                                                          SFD
                                                                                                                                     14
     Time                                      PMD_ RATE.req
                                                                                                                Rate change start
                                                                                                                 CRC start           15
                                                                                                                                     16




                                                                                     LENGTH
                                                                                     SIG NAL, SERVICE,
                                                PMD_DATA.ind
                                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                                     18
                                                                                                                                     19
                                                                                                                                     20
                                                                                                                                     21
                                                                                                                                     22
                                                                                                                  CRC   end




                                                                                          CRC
                                                                                                                                     23
     PHY_RXSTART.ind                           PMD_RATE.req                                                    Modulation and rate
                                                                                                                change start         24
       (RXVECTOR)                        PMD_ MODULATION.req
                                                                                                                                     25
                                               PMD_DATA.ind




                                                                                          PSDU
        PHY_DATA.ind(DATA)                                                                                                           26
                                                                                                                                     27
                                                                                                                                     28
                                                                                                                                     29
                                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                                                     31
PHY_RXEND.ind(RXERROR)/
PHY_CCA(IDLE)                               PMD_ED or PMD_CS                                                                         32
                                                                                                                                     33
                                                                                                                                     34
                                                                                                                                     35
                                                                                                                                     36
                                     Figure 9—PLCP receive procedure                                                                 37
                                                                                                                                     38
CCA method is chosen. Other receive parameters such as receive signal strength indication (RSSI), signal                             39
quality (SQ), and indicated DATARATE may be accessed via the PHY-SAP.                                                                40
                                                                                                                                     41
Upon receiving the transmitted energy, according to the selected CCA mode, the PMD_ED shall be enabled                               42
(according to 18.4.8.4) as the RSSI strength reaches the ED_THRESHOLD and/or PMD_CS shall be                                         43
enabled after code lock is established. These conditions are used to indicate activity to the MAC via PHY-                           44
CCA.indicate according to 18.4.8.4. PHY-CCA.indicate(BUSY) shall be issued for energy detection and/or                               45
code lock prior to correct reception of the PLCP header. The PMD primitives PMD_SQ and PMD_RSSI are                                  46
issued to update the RSSI and SQ parameters reported to the MAC.                                                                     47
                                                                                                                                     48
After PHY-CCA.indicate is issued, the PHY entity shall begin searching for the SFD field. Once the SFD                               49
field is detected, CCITT CRC-16 processing shall be initiated and the PLCP SIGNAL, SERVICE and                                       50
LENGTH fields are received. The CCITT CRC-16 FCS shall be processed. If the CCITT CRC-16 FCS                                         51
check fails, the PHY receiver shall return to the RX Idle state as depicted in Figure 10. Should the status of                       52
CCA return to the IDLE state during reception prior to completion of the full PLCP processing, the PHY                               53
receiver shall return to the RX Idle state.                                                                                          54
                                                                                                                                     55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
25                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


If the PLCP Header reception is successful (and the SIGNAL field is completely recognizable and sup-            1
ported), a PHY-RXSTART.indicate(RXVECTOR) shall be issued. The RXVECTOR associated with this                    2
primitive includes the SIGNAL field, the SERVICE field, the PSDU length in octets (calculated from the          3
LENGTH field in microseconds and the DATARATE in Mbit/s in accordance with the formula in subclause             4
18.2.3.5), RXPREAMBLE_TYPE (which is an enumerated type taking on values SHORTPREAMBLE or                       5
LONGPREAMBLE), the antenna used for receive (RX_ANTENNA), RSSI, and SQ.                                         6
                                                                                                                7
The received PSDU bits are assembled into octets and presented to the MAC using a series of PHY-                8
DATA.indicate(DATA) primitive exchanges. The rate and modulation change indicated in the SIGNAL                 9
field shall be initiated with the first symbol of the PSDU as described in 18.2.5. The PHY proceeds with        10
PSDU reception. After the reception of the final bit of the last PSDU octet indicated by the PLCP Preamble      11
LENGTH field, the receiver shall be returned to the RX Idle state as shown in Figure 10. A PHY-                 12
RXEND.indicate(NoError) primitive shall be issued. A PHY-CCA.indicate(IDLE) primitive shall be issued           13
following a change in PHYCS (PHY carrier sense) and/or PHYED (PHY energy detection) according to the            14
selected CCA method.                                                                                            15
                                                                                                                16
In the event that a change in PHYCS or PHYED would cause the status of CCA to return to the IDLE state          17
before the complete reception of the PSDU as indicated by the PLCP LENGTH field, the error condition            18
PHY-RXEND.indicate(CarrierLost) shall be reported to the MAC. The High Rate PHY shall ensure that the           19
CCA will indicate a busy medium for the intended duration of the transmitted PPDU.                              20
                                                                                                                21
If the PLCP Header is successful, but the indicated rate or modulation in the SIGNAL and SERVICE fields         22
are not within the capabilities of the receiver, a PHY-RXSTART.indicate shall not be issued. The PHY shall      23
issue the error condition PHY-RXEND.indicate(UnsupportedRate). If the PLCP Header is invalid, a PHY-            24
RXSTART.indicate shall not be issued and the PHY shall issue the error condition PHY-RXEND.indi-                25
cate(FormatViolation). Also, in both cases, the High Rate PHY shall ensure that the CCA shall indicate a        26
busy medium for the intended duration of the transmitted PSDU as indicated by the LENGTH field. The             27
intended duration is indicated by the LENGTH field (LENGTH × 1 µs).                                             28
                                                                                                                29
A typical state machine implementation of the PLCP receive procedure is provided in Figure 10.                  30
                                                                                                                31
                                                                                                                32
                                                                                                                33
                                                                                                                34
                                                                                                                35
                                                                                                                36
                                                                                                                37
                                                                                                                38
                                                                                                                39
                                                                                                                40
                                                                                                                41
                                                                                                                42
                                                                                                                43
                                                                                                                44
                                                                                                                45
                                                                                                                46
                                                                                                                47
                                                                                                                48
                                                                                                                49
                                                                                                                50
                                                                                                                51
                                                                                                                52
                                                                                                                53
                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
26                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                       IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                    P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                              1
                                          Reset                                                                               2
                                                                                                                              3
                                      RX Idle State
                                                                                                                              4
                                                                                                                              5
                                   Wait for
                                   PMD_ED.ind and/or                                                                          6
                                   PMD_CS.ind as                                                                              7
                                   needed for CCA
                                   mode                                           RX SYMBOL                                   8
                                                                                                                              9
                                                                                  PHY_DATA.ind
                                                                                                                              10
                                  Detect SYNC PATTERN                          CCA(IDLE)              CCA(BUSY)               11
                                     Wait until SFD                                                                           12
                                      is detected                   SIGNAL not Valid       Decrement Length
                  PHY_CCA.ind                                                                                                 13
                                                                    PHY_RXEND.ind          Decrement count
                     (IDLE)                                           (carrier lost)       by 1 microsecond                   14
                                         set                                                                                  15
                                     RXPLCP Fields
                                                                                                                              16
                                    RX 8 bit SIGNAL
                                    RX 8 bit SERVICE
                                                                    Decrement Time         BYTE Assimilation                  17
                  PHY_CCA.ind       RX 16 bit LENGTH
                                                                    Wait for intended     Increment bit count                 18
                     (IDLE)                                          end of PSDU           set octet bit count length <> 0
                                                                                         PHY_DATA.ind(DATA)
                                                                                                                              19
                                                                                                                              20
                                                                              time = 0
                  PHY_CCA.ind
                                     RX PLCP CRC                                                       length = 0             21
                     (IDLE)
                        or                                          End of wait            END OF PSDU R X                    22
                                    RX and Test CRC
                    CRC FAIL                                                                PHY_RXEND.ind
                                                                                                                              23
                                                                  PHY_CCA.ind(IDLE)
                                                                                              (No_Error)                      24
                  PHY_CCA.ind                                                                PHY_CCA.ind
     length = 0      (IDLE)                    CRC Correct                                      (IDLE)
                                                                                                                              25
                                                                                                                              26
      Decrement Length               VALIDATE PLCP
                                                                                                                              27
          Decrement                   Check PLCP
           Length                                                                                                             28
            Count                                                                                                             29
                                                PLCP Correct
                    PLCP Field                                                                                                30
                    Out of Spec     SETUP PSDU RX                                                                             31
                                        set RATE                                                                              32
                                   set MODULATION                                                                             33
                                     set length count
                                    set octet bit count
                                                                                                                              34
                                    PHY_RXSTART.ind                                                                           35
                                      (RXVECTOR)                                                                              36
                                                                                                                              37
                                     Figure 10—PLCP receive state machine                                                     38
                                                                                                                              39
                                                                                                                              40
                                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                                              42
                                                                                                                              43
                                                                                                                              44
                                                                                                                              45
18.3 High Rate physical layer management entity (PLME)                                                                        46
                                                                                                                              47
18.3.1 PLME_SAP sublayer management primitives                                                                                48
                                                                                                                              49
Table 4 lists the MIB attributes that may be accessed by the PHY sublayer entities and intralayer or higher                   50
layer management entities (LME). These attributes are accessed via the PLME-GET, PLME-SET, and                                51
PLME-RESET primitives defined in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999 Clause 10.                                                             52
                                                                                                                              53
                                                                                                                              54
                                                                                                                              55

                                             Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
27                                This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.3.2 High Rate P HY MIB                                                                                       1
                                                                                                                2
All High Rate PHY MIB attributes are defined in Annex D of IEEE Std 802.11- 1999, with specific values          3
defined in Table 4.                                                                                             4
                                                                                                                5
                                                                                                                6
                              Table 4—MIB Attribute Default Values/Ranges                                       7
                                                                                                                8
                                                                                             Operational        9
                        Managed object                        Default value/range
                                                                                              semantics         10
             dot11PhyOperationTable                                                                             11
                                                                                                                12
             dot11PHYType                                High Rate -2.4(X’05’)               Static             13
             dot11TempType                               Implementation dependent            Static             14
             dot11CurrentRegDomain                       Implementation dependent            Static             15
             dot11ShortPreambleOptionImpleme             Implementation dependent            Static             16
             nted                                                                                               17
                                                                                                                18
             dot11PBCCOptionImplemented                  Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                19
             dot11ChannelAgility Present                 Implementation dependent            Static             20
             dot11ChannelAgilityEnabled                  False/Boolean                       Dynamic            21
             dot11PhyAntennaTable                                                                               22
                                                                                                                23
             dot11CurrentTxAntenna                       Implementation dependent            Dynamic
                                                                                                                24
             dot11DiversitySupport                       Implementation dependent            Static             25
             dot11CurrentRxAntenna                       Implementation dependent            Dynamic            26
             dot11PhyTxPowerTable                                                                               27
                                                                                                                28
             dot11NumberSupportedPowerLevels             Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                29
             dot11TxPowerLevel1                          Implementation dependent            Static             30
             dot11TxPowerLevel2                          Implementation dependent            Static             31
             dot11TxPowerLevel3                          Implementation dependent            Static             32
                                                                                                                33
             dot11TxPowerLevel4                          Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                34
             dot11TxPowerLevel5                          Implementation dependent            Static             35
             dot11TxPowerLevel6                          Implementation dependent            Static             36
             dot11TxPowerLevel7                          implementation dependent            Static             37
                                                                                                                38
             dot11TxPowerLevel8                          Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                39
             dot11CurrentTxPowerLevel                    Implementation dependent            Dynamic            40
             dot11PhyDSSSTable                                                                                  41
             dot11CurrentChannel                         Implementation dependent            Dynamic            42
                                                                                                                43
             dot11CCAModeSupported                       Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                44
             dot11CurrentCCAMode                         Implementation dependent            Dynamic            45
             dot11EDThreshold                            Implementation dependent            Dynamic            46
             dot11AntennasListTable                                                                             47
                                                                                                                48
             dot11SupportTxAntenna                       Implementation dependent            Static
                                                                                                                49
             dot11SupportRxAntenna                       Implementation dependent            Static             50
             dot11DiversitySelectionRx                   Implementation dependent            Dynamic            51
                                                                                                                52
                                                                                                                53
                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
28                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                   Table 4—MIB Attribute Default Values/Ranges (continued)                                             1
                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                          Operational                  3
                        Managed object                     Default value/range                                         4
                                                                                           semantics
                                                                                                                       5
            dot11RegDomainsSupportedTable
                                                                                                                       6
            dot11RegDomainsSupported                  Implementation dependent            Static                       7
            dot11SupportedDataRatesTx                 Table Tx X'02', X'04,' X’0B’,       Static                       8
                                                      X’16’                                                            9
            dot11SupportedDataRatesRx                 Table Rx X'02', X'04,' X’0B’,       Static                       10
                                                      X’16’                                                            11
            NOTE—The column titled “Operational semantics” contains two types: static and dynamic.                     12
            Static MIB attributes are fixed and cannot be modified for a given PHY implementation.                     13
            MIB attributes defined as dynamic can be modified by some management entities.                             14
                                                                                                                       15
                                                                                                                       16
18.3.3 DS PHY characteristics                                                                                          17
                                                                                                                       18
The static DS PHY characteristics, provided through the PLME-CHARACTERISTICS service primitive,                        19
are shown in Table 5. The definitions of these characteristics are in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999 subclause 10.4.3.          20
                                                                                                                       21
                                                                                                                       22
                              Table 5—High Rate PHY Characteristics                                                    23
                                                                                                                       24
                   Characteristic                                     Value                                            25
                                                                                                                       26
            aSlotTime                       20 µs                                                                      27
            aSIFSTime                       10 µs                                                                      28
                                                                                                                       29
            aCCATime                        <15 µs                                                                     30
            aRxTxTurnaroundTime             <5 µs                                                                      31
                                                                                                                       32
            aTxPLCPDelay                    Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long                   33
                                            as the requirements of aRxTxTurnaroundTime are met.                        34
            aRxPLCPDelay                    Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long                   35
                                            as the requirements of aSIFSTime and aCCATime are met.                     36
                                                                                                                       37
            aRxTxSwitchTime                 <5 µs
                                                                                                                       38
            aTxRampOnTime                   Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long                   39
                                            as the requirements of aRxTxTurnaroundTime are met.                        40
                                                                                                                       41
                                                                                                                       42
                                                                                                                       43
                                                                                                                       44
                                                                                                                       45
                                                                                                                       46
                                                                                                                       47
                                                                                                                       48
                                                                                                                       49
                                                                                                                       50
                                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                       52
                                                                                                                       53
                                                                                                                       54
                                                                                                                       55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
29                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


                                 Table 5—High Rate PHY Characteristics                                          1
                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                3
                    Characteristic                                       Value
                                                                                                                4
            aTxRampOffTime                     Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long         5
                                               as the requirements of aSIFSTime are met.                        6
                                                                                                                7
            aTxRFDelay                         Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long
                                               as the requirements of aRxTxTurnaroundTime are met.              8
                                                                                                                9
            aRxRFDelay                         Implementors may choose any value for this delay as long         10
                                               as the requirements of aSIFSTime and aCCATime are met.           11
            aAirPropagationTime                1 µs                                                             12
                                                                                                                13
            aMACProcessingDelay                0 (not applicable)                                               14
            aPreambleLength                    144 µs                                                           15
                                                                                                                16
            aPLCPHeaderLength                  48 bits                                                          17
            aMPUMaxLength                      14< x < (212 – 1)                                                18
                                                                                                                19
            aCWmin                             31                                                               20
            aCWmax                             1023                                                             21
                                                                                                                22
                                                                                                                23
18.3.4 High Rate TXTIME calculation                                                                             24
                                                                                                                25
                                                                                                                26
The value of the TXTIME parameter returned by the PLME-TXTIME.confirm primitive shall be calculated
                                                                                                                27
according to the following equation:
                                                                                                                28
                                                                                                                29
         TXTIME = PreambleLength + PLCPHeaderTime + Ceiling(((LENGTH+PBCC) x 8) / DAT-                          30
ARATE)                                                                                                          31
                                                                                                                32
Where LENGTH and DATARATE are values from the TXVECTOR parameter of the corresponding                           33
PLME-TXTIME.request primitive. PBCC has a value of 1 if the SIGNAL value from the TXVECTOR                      34
parameter specifies PBCC and has a value of 0 otherwise. The value of PreambleLength is 144 microsec-           35
onds if the TXPREAMBLE_TYPE value from the TXVECTOR parameter indicates " LONGPREAMBLE" or                      36
72 microseconds if the TXPREAMBLE_TYPE value from the TXVECTOR parameter indicates "SHORT-                      37
PREAMBLE ". The value of PLCPHeaderTime is 48 microseconds if the TXPREAMBLE_TYPE value from                    38
the TXVECTOR parameter indicates " LONGPREAMBLE" or 24 microseconds if the                                      39
TXPREAMBLE_TYPE value from the TXVECTOR parameter indicates "SHORTPREAMBLE". LENGTH                             40
is in units of octets. DATARATE is in units of Mbit/s. Ceiling is a function which returns the smallest inte-   41
ger value greater than or equal to its argument value.                                                          42
                                                                                                                43
18.3.5 Vector Descriptions                                                                                      44
                                                                                                                45
                                                                                                                46
Several service primitives include a parameter vector. These vectors are a list of parameters as described in   47
Table 6. DATARATE and LENGTH are described in subclause 12.3.4.4 in IEEE Std 802.11- 1999. The                  48
remaining parameters are considered to be management parameters and are specific to this PHY.                   49
                                      Table 6, Parameter Vectors                                                50
             Parameter                      Associated Vector                            Value                  51
 DATARATE                             RXVECTOR, TXVECTOR                  The rate used to transmit the         52
                                                                          PSDU in Mbit/s                        53
 LENGTH                               RXVECTOR, TXVECTOR                  The length of the PSDU in octets.     54
                                                                                                                55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
30                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



 PREAMBLE_TYPE                          RXVECTOR, TXVECTOR                     The preamble used for the transmis-     1
                                                                               sion of this PPDU. This is an enu-      2
                                                                               merated type that can take the value    3
                                                                               SHORTPREAMBLE or LONGPRE-               4
                                                                               AMBLE.
                                                                                                                       5
 MODULATION                             RXVECTOR, TXVECTOR                     The modulation used for the trans-
                                                                               mission of this PSDU. This is an        6
                                                                               integer where 0 means CCK and 1         7
                                                                               means PBCC.                             8
                                                                                                                       9
                                                                                                                       10
18.4 High Rate PMD sublayer                                                                                            11
                                                                                                                       12
18.4.1 Scope and field of application                                                                                  13
                                                                                                                       14
This subclause describes the Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) services provided to the PLCP for the                     15
High Rate PHY. Also defined in this subclause are the functional, electrical, and RF characteristics required          16
for interoperability of implementations conforming to this specification. The relationship of this specifica-          17
tion to the entire High Rate physical layer is shown in Figure 11.                                                     18
                                                                                                                       19
                                                                                                                       20
                                                                                                                       21
                                                                                                                       22
                                                                                                                       23
              MAC                                                                  MAC                                 24
                                                  MAC                            MANAGE-
                                                                                  MENT                                 25
                                                                                                                       26
                                                                                                                       27
                                                                                                                       28
                                                                                  PHY
                                   CONVERGENCE LAYER                            MANAGE-                                29
                                                                                 MENT                                  30
               PHY                                                                                                     31
                                     DSSS PLCP SUBLAYER
                                                                                    STATION                            32
                                           PMD SAP                                                                     33
                                                                                MANAGEMENT
                                      DSSS PMD SUBLAYER                                                                34
                                                                                                                       35
                                    Figure 11. Layer Reference Model                                                   36
                                                                                                                       37
                                                                                                                       38
18.4.2 Overview of service                                                                                             39
                                                                                                                       40
                                                                                                                       41
The High Rate PMD sublayer accepts PLCP sublayer service primitives and provides the actual means by
                                                                                                                       42
which data is transmitted or received from the medium. The combined function of High Rate PMD sublayer
                                                                                                                       43
primitives and parameters for the receive function results in a data stream, timing information, and associ-
                                                                                                                       44
ated received signal parameters being delivered to the PLCP sublayer. A similar functionality is provided for
                                                                                                                       45
data transmission.
                                                                                                                       46
                                                                                                                       47
18.4.3 Overview of interactions                                                                                        48
                                                                                                                       49
The primitives associated with the PLCP sublayer to the High Rate PMD fall into two basic categories:                  50
                                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                       52
     a)   Service primitives that support PLCP peer-to-peer interactions                                               53
     b)   Service primitives that have local significance and that support sublayer-to-sublayer interactions.          54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
31                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.4 Basic service and options                                                                                1
                                                                                                                2
All of the service primitives described in this subclause are considered mandatory unless otherwise speci-      3
fied.                                                                                                           4
                                                                                                                5
18.4.4.1 PMD_SAP peer-to-peer service primitives                                                                6
                                                                                                                7
Table 7 indicates the primitives for peer-to-peer interactions.                                                 8
                                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                10
                        Table 7—PMD_SAP Peer-to-Peer Service Primitives                                         11
                                                                                                                12
                                                                                                                13
                     Primitive                      Request          Indicate          Confirm     Response
                                                                                                                14
      PMD_DATA                                           X               X                                      15
                                                                                                                16
                                                                                                                17
18.4.4.2 PMD_SAP sublayer-to-sublayer service primitives                                                        18
                                                                                                                19
Table 8 indicates the primitives for sublayer-to-sublayer interactions.                                         20
                                                                                                                21
                                                                                                                22
                   Table 8—PMD_SAP Sublayer-to-Sublayer Service Primitives                                      23
                                                                                                                24
                                                                                                                25
                              Primitive           Request     Indicate       Confirm    Response
                                                                                                                26
                      PMD_TXSTART                    X                                                          27
                      PMD_TXEND                      X                                                          28
                      PMD_ANTSEL                     X           X                                              29
                                                                                                                30
                      PMD_TXPWRLVL                   X                                                          31
                      PMD_MODULATIO                  X           X                                              32
                      N                                                                                         33
                      PMD_PREAMBLE                   X           X                                              34
                      PMD_RATE                       X           X                                              35
                                                                                                                36
                      PMD_RSSI                                   X
                                                                                                                37
                      PMD_SQ                                     X                                              38
                      PMD_CS                                     X                                              39
                      PMD_ED                         X           X                                              40
                                                                                                                41
                                                                                                                42
                                                                                                                43
18.4.4.3 PMD_SAP service primitive parameters
                                                                                                                44
                                                                                                                45
18.4.5 PMD_SAP detailed service specification                                                                   46
                                                                                                                47
The following subclauses describe the services provided by each PMD primitive.                                  48
                                                                                                                49
18.4.5.1 PMD_DATA.request                                                                                       50
                                                                                                                51
18.4.5.1.1 Function                                                                                             52
                                                                                                                53
This primitive defines the transfer of data from the PLCP sublayer to the PMD entity.                           54
                                                                                                                55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
32                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                        1
                                                                                                                     2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                     3
                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                     6
       Parameter               Associated primitive                   Value                    Description
                                                                                                                     7
 TXD_UNIT                 PMD_DATA.request                  0,1: 1 Mbit/s                This parameter repre-       8
                                                            00,01,11,10:2 Mbit/s         sents a single block of     9
                                                            X’0’ - X’F’: 5.5 Mbit/s      data, which, in turn, is
                                                            X’00’ - X’FF’: 11 Mbit/s     used by the PMD to be       10
                                                                                         differentially encoded      11
                                                                                         into a transmitted sym-     12
                                                                                         bol. The symbol itself is   13
                                                                                         spread by the PN code       14
                                                                                         prior to transmission.
                                                                                                                     15
                                                                                                                     16
                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                     18
18.4.5.1.3 When generated                                                                                            19
                                                                                                                     20
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to request transmission of a symbol. The data clock for             21
this primitive is supplied by PMD layer based on the PN code repetition.                                             22
                                                                                                                     23
                                                                                                                     24
18.4.5.1.4 Effect of receipt
                                                                                                                     25
                                                                                                                     26
The PMD performs the differential encoding, PN code modulation and transmission of the data.                         27
                                                                                                                     28
18.4.5.2 PMD_DATA.indicate                                                                                           29
                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                                     31
18.4.5.2.1 Function
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
This primitive defines the transfer of data from the PMD entity to the PLCP sublayer.                                34
                                                                                                                     35
18.4.5.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                        36
                                                                                                                     37
                                                                                                                     38
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                     39
                                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                     41
       Parameter               Associated primitive                   Value                    Description           42
 RXD_UNIT                 PMD_DATA.indicate                 0,1: 1 Mbit/s                 This parameter repre-      43
                                                            00,01,11,10:2 Mbit/s         sents a single symbol       44
                                                            X’0’ - X’F’: 5.5 Mbit/s      that has been demodu-       45
                                                            X’00’ - X’FF’: 11 Mbit/s     lated by the PMD            46
                                                                                         entity.
                                                                                                                     47
                                                                                                                     48
                                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
18.4.5.2.3 When generated                                                                                            51
                                                                                                                     52
This primitive, which is generated by the PMD entity, forwards received data to the PLCP sublayer. The               53
data clock for this primitive is supplied by PMD layer based on the PN code repetition.                              54
                                                                                                                     55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
33                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.5.2.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                       2
The PLCP sublayer either interprets the bit or bits that are recovered as part of the PLCP convergence proce-          3
dure or passes the data to the MAC sublayer as part of the PSDU.                                                       4
                                                                                                                       5
                                                                                                                       6
18.4.5.3 PMD_MODULATION.request                                                                                        7
                                                                                                                       8
18.4.5.3.1 Function                                                                                                    9
                                                                                                                       10
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, selects the modulation code that is used by               11
the High Rate PHY for transmission.                                                                                    12
                                                                                                                       13
                                                                                                                       14
18.4.5.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                          15
                                                                                                                       16
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                       17
                                                                                                                       18
                                                                                                                       19
        Parameter                  Associated primitive                   Value                   Description          20
                                                                                                                       21
  MODULATION                  PMD_MODULATION.request             1MbBarker, 2MbBarker,       In Receive mode, the
                              PMD_MODULATION.indicate            5.5CCK, 11CCK ,             MODULATION                22
                                                                 5.5PBCC or 11PBCC           parameter informs the     23
                                                                                             PLCP layer which of       24
                                                                                             the PHY data modula-      25
                                                                                             tions was used to pro-    26
                                                                                             cess the PSDU portion
                                                                                             of the PPDU. Subclause    27
                                                                                             18.4.6.3 provides fur-    28
                                                                                             ther information on the   29
                                                                                             High Rate PHY modu-       30
                                                                                             lation codes.             31
                                                                                                                       32
                                                                                                                       33
18.4.5.3.3 When generated                                                                                              34
                                                                                                                       35
                                                                                                                       36
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to change or set the current High Rate PHY modulation
                                                                                                                       37
code used for the PSDU portion of a PPDU. The PMD_MODULATION.request primitive is normally
                                                                                                                       38
issued prior to issuing the PMD_TXSTART command.
                                                                                                                       39
                                                                                                                       40
18.4.5.3.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                           41
                                                                                                                       42
The receipt of PMD_MODULATION selects the modulation that is used for all subsequent PSDU transmis-                    43
sions. This code is used for transmission only. The High Rate PHY shall still be capable of receiving all the          44
required High Rate PHY modulations. This primitive, which is generated by the PMD entity, sets the state of            45
the PHY for demodulation of the appropriate modulation.                                                                46
                                                                                                                       47
                                                                                                                       48
18.4.5.4 PMD_PREAMBLE.request
                                                                                                                       49
                                                                                                                       50
18.4.5.4.1 Function                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                       52
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, selects the preamble mode that is used by the             53
High Rate PHY for transmission.                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                       55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
34                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       1
                                                                                                                    2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
       Parameter               Associated primitive                   Value                   Description           6
                                                                                                                    7
 PREAMBLE                 PMD_PREAMBLE.request              ‘0’ for long                 PREAMBLE selects
                                                            ‘1’ for short                which of the High          8
                                                                                         Rate PHY preamble          9
                                                                                         types is used for          10
                                                                                         PLCP transmission.         11
                                                                                         Subclause 18.2.2 pro-      12
                                                                                         vides further infor-
                                                                                         mation on the High         13
                                                                                         Rate PHY preamble          14
                                                                                         modes.                     15
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                                                    19
18.4.5.4.3 When generated                                                                                           20
                                                                                                                    21
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to change or set the current High Rate PHY preamble                22
mode used for the PLCP portion of a PPDU. The PMD_PREAMBLE.request primitive is normally issued                     23
prior to issuing the PMD_TXSTART command.                                                                           24
                                                                                                                    25
18.4.5.4.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        26
                                                                                                                    27
The receipt of PMD_PREAMBLE selects the preamble mode that is used for all subsequent PSDU transmis-                28
sions. This mode is used for transmission only. The High Rate PHY shall still be capable of receiving all the       29
required High Rate PHY preambles. This primitive sets the state of the PHY for modulation of the appropri-          30
ate mode.                                                                                                           31
                                                                                                                    32
                                                                                                                    33
                                                                                                                    34
18.4.5.5 PMD_PREAMBLE.indicate                                                                                      35
                                                                                                                    36
18.4.5.5.1 Function                                                                                                 37
                                                                                                                    38
This primitive, which is generated by the PMD sublayer, indicates which preamble mode was used to                   39
receive the PLCP portion of the PPDU.                                                                               40
                                                                                                                    41
                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                    43
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                    46
                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
35                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.5.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       1
                                                                                                                    2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
                                                                                                                    6
        Parameter                 Associated primitive                    Value                  Description
                                                                                                                    7
  PREAMBLE                   PMD_PREAMBLE.indicate              ‘0’ for long                 In receive mode, the   8
                                                                ‘1’ for short                PREAMBLE param-        9
                                                                                             eter informs the
                                                                                             PLCP layer which of    10
                                                                                             the High Rate PHY      11
                                                                                             preamble modes was     12
                                                                                             used to send the       13
                                                                                             PLCP portion of the    14
                                                                                             PPDU.
                                                                                                                    15
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                                                    19
                                                                                                                    20
18.4.5.5.3 When generated
                                                                                                                    21
                                                                                                                    22
This primitive is generated by the PMD sublayer when the PLCP Preamble has been properly detected.                  23
                                                                                                                    24
18.4.5.5.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        25
                                                                                                                    26
                                                                                                                    27
This parameter is provided to the PLCP layer for information only.
                                                                                                                    28
                                                                                                                    29
                                                                                                                    30
                                                                                                                    31
18.4.5.6 PMD_TXSTART.request                                                                                        32
                                                                                                                    33
                                                                                                                    34
18.4.5.6.1 Function                                                                                                 35
                                                                                                                    36
As a result of receiving a PHY_DATA.request from the MAC, the PLCP issues this primitive, which ini-                37
tiates PPDU transmission by the PMD layer.                                                                          38
                                                                                                                    39
18.4.5.6.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       40
                                                                                                                    41
                                                                                                                    42
This primitive has no parameters.                                                                                   43
                                                                                                                    44
18.4.5.6.3 When generated                                                                                           45
                                                                                                                    46
                                                                                                                    47
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to initiate the PMD layer transmission of the PPDU. The
                                                                                                                    48
PHY-DATA.request primitive is provided to the PLCP sublayer prior to issuing the PMD_TXSTART com-
                                                                                                                    49
mand.
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
18.4.5.6.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                    53
PMD_TXSTART initiates transmission of a PPDU by the PMD sublayer.                                                   54
                                                                                                                    55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
36                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.7 PMD_TXEND.request                                                                                          1
                                                                                                                    2
18.4.5.7.1 Function                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                    4
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, ends PPDU transmission by the PMD layer.               5
                                                                                                                    6
                                                                                                                    7
18.4.5.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive
                                                                                                                    8
                                                                                                                    9
This primitive has no parameters.                                                                                   10
                                                                                                                    11
18.4.5.7.3 When generated                                                                                           12
                                                                                                                    13
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to terminate the PMD layer transmission of the PPDU.               14
                                                                                                                    15
18.4.5.7.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        16
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                    18
PMD_TXEND terminates transmission of a PPDU by the PMD sublayer.
                                                                                                                    19
                                                                                                                    20
18.4.5.8 PMD_ANTSEL.request                                                                                         21
                                                                                                                    22
18.4.5.8.1 Function                                                                                                 23
                                                                                                                    24
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, selects the antenna used by the PHY for                25
transmission or reception (when diversity is disabled).                                                             26
                                                                                                                    27
18.4.5.8.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       28
                                                                                                                    29
                                                                                                                    30
The primitive provides the following parameters:
                                                                                                                    31
                                                                                                                    32
                                                                                                                    33
       Parameter               Associated primitive                    Value                  Description           34
 ANT_STATE                PMD_ANTSEL.request                1 to 256                     ANT_STATE selects          35
                          PMD_ANTSEL.indicate                                            which of the avail-        36
                                                                                         able antennas should       37
                                                                                         be used for transmit.
                                                                                         The number of avail-       38
                                                                                         able antennas is           39
                                                                                         determined from the        40
                                                                                         MIB table parameters       41
                                                                                         aSuprtRxAntennas           42
                                                                                         and aSuprtTxAnten-
                                                                                         nas.                       43
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                    46
18.4.5.8.3 When generated                                                                                           47
                                                                                                                    48
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to select a specific antenna for transmission (or reception        49
when diversity is disabled).                                                                                        50
                                                                                                                    51
18.4.5.8.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                    53
PMD_ANTSEL immediately selects the antenna specified by ANT_STATE.                                                  54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
37                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.5.9 PMD_TXPWRLVL.request                                                                                        1
                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                     3
18.4.5.9.1 Function
                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                     5
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, selects the power level used by the PHY for             6
transmission.                                                                                                        7
                                                                                                                     8
                                                                                                                     9
18.4.5.9.2 Semantics of the service primitive
                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                     11
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                     12
                                                                                                                     13
                                                                                                                     14
        Parameter                 Associated primitive                    Value                   Description        15
                                                                                                                     16
  TXPWR_LEVEL                PHY-TXPWR_LEVEL.request            0, 1, 2, 3 (max of 4 lev-    TXPWR_LEVEL             17
                                                                els)                         selects which of the    18
                                                                                             optional transmit       19
                                                                                             power levels should     20
                                                                                             be used for the cur-    21
                                                                                             rent PPDU transmis-     22
                                                                                             sion. The number of     23
                                                                                             available power lev-    24
                                                                                             els is determined by    25
                                                                                             the MIB parameter       26
                                                                                             dot11NumberSupport      27
                                                                                             edPowerLevels. Sub-     28
                                                                                             clause 18.4.7.2 pro-    29
                                                                                             vides further           30
                                                                                             information on the      31
                                                                                             optional High Rate      32
                                                                                             PHY power level         33
                                                                                             control capabilities.   34
                                                                                                                     35
                                                                                                                     36
18.4.5.9.3 When generated                                                                                            37
                                                                                                                     38
                                                                                                                     39
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to select a specific transmit power. This primitive is
                                                                                                                     40
applied prior to setting PMD_TXSTART into the transmit state.                                                        41
                                                                                                                     42
18.4.5.9.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                         43
                                                                                                                     44
                                                                                                                     45
PMD_TXPWRLVL immediately sets the transmit power level given by TXPWR_LEVEL.                                         46
                                                                                                                     47
18.4.5.10 PMD_RATE.request                                                                                           48
                                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
18.4.5.10.1 Function                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                     52
This primitive, which is generated by the PHY PLCP sublayer, selects the data rate that shall be used by the         53
High Rate PHY for transmission.                                                                                      54
                                                                                                                     55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
38                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.10.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                      1
                                                                                                                    2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
        Parameter              Associated primitive                   Value                   Description           6
                                                                                                                    7
 RATE                     PMD_RATE.indicate                 X'0A' for 1 Mbit/s           RATE selects which         8
                          PMD_RATE.request                  X'14' for 2 Mbit/s           of the High Rate
                                                            X’37’ for 5.5 Mbit/s                                    9
                                                                                         PHY data rates is          10
                                                            X’6E’ for 11 Mbit/s
                                                                                         used for PSDU trans-       11
                                                                                         mission. Subclause         12
                                                                                         18.4.6.3 provides fur-     13
                                                                                         ther information on        14
                                                                                         the High Rate PHY          15
                                                                                         data rates. The High       16
                                                                                         Rate PHY rate              17
                                                                                         change capability is       18
                                                                                         fully described in         19
                                                                                         18.2.                      20
                                                                                                                    21
                                                                                                                    22
18.4.5.10.3 When generated                                                                                          23
                                                                                                                    24
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to change or set the current High Rate PHY data rate used          25
for the PSDU portion of a PPDU.                                                                                     26
                                                                                                                    27
                                                                                                                    28
18.4.5.10.4 Effect of receipt
                                                                                                                    29
                                                                                                                    30
The receipt of PMD_RATE selects the rate that is used for all subsequent PSDU transmissions. This rate is           31
used for transmission only. The High Rate PHY shall still be capable of receiving all the required High Rate        32
PHY data rates.                                                                                                     33
                                                                                                                    34
18.4.5.11 PMD_RSSI.indicate                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                    36
18.4.5.11.1 Function                                                                                                37
                                                                                                                    38
This optional primitive may be generated by the PMD to provide the received signal strength to the PLCP..           39
                                                                                                                    40
                                                                                                                    41
18.4.5.11.2 Semantics of the service primitive
                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                    43
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                    46
        Parameter              Associated primitive                   Value                   Description           47
 RSSI                     PMD_RSSI.indicate                 0–8 bits of RSSI             The RSSI is a mea-         48
                                                                                         sure of the RF energy      49
                                                                                         received by the High       50
                                                                                         Rate PHY.                  51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
39                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.5.11.3 When generated                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                     2
This primitive is generated by the PMD when the High Rate PHY is in the receive state. It is continuously            3
available to the PLCP, which, in turn, provides the parameter to the MAC entity.                                     4
                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                     6
18.4.5.11.4 Effect of receipt
                                                                                                                     7
                                                                                                                     8
This parameter is provided to the PLCP layer for information only. The RSSI may be used in conjunction               9
with SQ as part of a CCA scheme.                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                     11
18.4.5.12 PMD_SQ.indicate                                                                                            12
                                                                                                                     13
18.4.5.12.1 Function                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                     15
                                                                                                                     16
This optional primitive, may be generated by the PMD to provide an indication of the signal quality (SQ) of
                                                                                                                     17
the High Rate PHY PN code correlation to the PLCP. SQ is a measure of the quality of BARKER code lock,
                                                                                                                     18
providing an effective measure during the full reception of a PLCP preamble and header.
                                                                                                                     19
                                                                                                                     20
18.4.5.12.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                       21
                                                                                                                     22
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                     23
                                                                                                                     24
                                                                                                                     25
        Parameter                 Associated primitive                    Value                   Description        26
                                                                                                                     27
  SQ                         PMD_SQ.indicate                    0–8 bits of SQ               This primitive is a
                                                                                             measure of the signal   28
                                                                                             quality received by     29
                                                                                             the HR/DSSS PHY.        30
                                                                                                                     31
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
18.4.5.12.3 When generated
                                                                                                                     34
                                                                                                                     35
This primitive is generated by the PMD when the High Rate PHY is in the receive state and Barker code                36
lock is achieved. It is continuously available to the PLCP, which, in turn, provides the parameter to the MAC        37
entity.                                                                                                              38
                                                                                                                     39
18.4.5.12.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                        40
                                                                                                                     41
This parameter is provided to the PLCP layer for information only. The SQ may be used in conjunction with            42
RSSI as part of a CCA scheme.                                                                                        43
                                                                                                                     44
                                                                                                                     45
18.4.5.13 PMD_CS.indicate
                                                                                                                     46
                                                                                                                     47
This primitive, which is generated by the PMD, shall indicate to the PLCP layer that the receiver has                48
acquired (locked) the Barker code and data is being demodulated.                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
18.4.5.13.1 Function                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                     52
This primitive, which is generated by the PMD, shall indicate to the PLCP layer that the receiver has                53
acquired (locked) the Barker code and data is being demodulated.                                                     54
                                                                                                                     55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
40                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


IEEE
P802.11b/D8.0, 1 Sept 2001        Draft Suppliment to Standard for LAN/MAN PART 11: MAC & PHY SPECIFICATIONS:


18.4.5.13.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                          1
                                                                                                                        2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                        3
                                                                                                                        4
                                                                                                                        5
                                                                                                                        6
                                                                                                                        7
                                                                                                                        8
        Parameter                 Associated primitive                    Value                   Description
                                                                                                                        9
  PMD_CS                     PMD_CS.indicate                    ‘0’ for DISABLED             The PMD_CS (carrier        10
                                                                ‘1’ for ENABLED              sense) primitive in con-   11
                                                                                             junction with PMD_ED       12
                                                                                             provide CCA status         13
                                                                                             through the PLCP layer
                                                                                             PHYCCA primitive.          14
                                                                                             PMD_CS indicates a         15
                                                                                             binary status of           16
                                                                                             ENABLED or DIS-            17
                                                                                             ABLED. PMD_CS is           18
                                                                                             ENABLED when the
                                                                                             correlator SQ indicated    19
                                                                                             in PMD_SQ is greater       20
                                                                                             than the correlation       21
                                                                                             threshold. PMD_CS is       22
                                                                                             DISABLED when the          23
                                                                                             PMD_SQ falls below
                                                                                             the correlation thresh-    24
                                                                                             old.                       25
                                                                                                                        26
                                                                                                                        27
                                                                                                                        28
                                                                                                                        29
18.4.5.13.3 When generated                                                                                              30
                                                                                                                        31
This primitive is generated by the PMD sublayer when the High Rate PHY is receiving a PPDU and the PN                   32
code has been acquired.                                                                                                 33
                                                                                                                        34
18.4.5.13.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                           35
                                                                                                                        36
This indicator is provided to the PLCP for forwarding to the MAC entity for information purposes through                37
the PHYCCA indicator. This parameter shall indicate that the RF medium is busy and occupied by a High                   38
Rate PHY signal. The High Rate PHY should not be placed into the transmit state when PMD_CS is                          39
ENABLED.                                                                                                                40
                                                                                                                        41
18.4.5.14 PMD_ED.indicate                                                                                               42
                                                                                                                        43
18.4.5.14.1 Function                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                        45
This optional primitive may be generated by the PMD to provide an indication that the receiver has detected             46
RF energy indicated by the PMD_RSSI primitive that is above a predefined threshold.                                     47
                                                                                                                        48
                                                                                                                        49
                                                                                                                        50
                                                                                                                        51
                                                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                        53
                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                        55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
41                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.14.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                      1
                                                                                                                    2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
       Parameter              Associated primitive                    Value                   Description           6
                                                                                                                    7
 PMD_ED                  PMD_ED.indicate                    ‘0’ for DISABLED             The PMD_ED
                                                            ‘1’ for ENABLED                                         8
                                                                                         (energy detect) primi-
                                                                                                                    9
                                                                                         tive, along with the
                                                                                                                    10
                                                                                         PMD_SQ, provides
                                                                                                                    11
                                                                                         CCA status at the
                                                                                                                    12
                                                                                         PLCP layer through
                                                                                                                    13
                                                                                         the PHYCCA primi-
                                                                                                                    14
                                                                                         tive. PMD_ED indi-
                                                                                                                    15
                                                                                         cates a binary status
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                         of ENABLED or
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                         DISABLED.
                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                         PMD_ED is
                                                                                                                    19
                                                                                         ENABLED when the
                                                                                                                    20
                                                                                         RSSI indicated in
                                                                                                                    21
                                                                                         PMD_RSSI is greater
                                                                                                                    22
                                                                                         than the
                                                                                                                    23
                                                                                         ED_THRESHOLD
                                                                                                                    24
                                                                                         parameter. PMD_ED
                                                                                                                    25
                                                                                                                    26
                                                                                                                    27
                                                                                                                    28
                                                                                                                    29
18.4.5.14.3 When generated
                                                                                                                    30
                                                                                                                    31
This primitive is generated by the PHY sublayer when the PHY is receiving RF energy from any source that
                                                                                                                    32
exceeds the ED_THRESHOLD parameter.
                                                                                                                    33
                                                                                                                    34
18.4.5.14.4 Effect of receipt
                                                                                                                    35
                                                                                                                    36
This indicator is provided to the PLCP for forwarding to the MAC entity for information purposes through
                                                                                                                    37
the PMD_ED indicator. This parameter shall indicate that the RF medium may be busy with an RF energy
                                                                                                                    38
source that is not High Rate PHY compliant. If a High Rate PHY source is being received, the PMD_CS
                                                                                                                    39
function is enabled shortly after the PMD_ED function is enabled.
                                                                                                                    40
                                                                                                                    41
18.4.5.15 PMD_ED.request
                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                    43
18.4.5.15.1 Function
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
This optional primitive may be generated by the PLCP to set a set a value for the energy detect ED
                                                                                                                    46
THRESHOLD.
                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
42                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.5.15.2 Semantics of the service primitive                                                                      1
                                                                                                                    2
The primitive provides the following parameters:                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
       Parameter               Associated primitive                   Value                   Description           6
                                                                                                                    7
 PMD_ED                   PMD_ED.request                    ED_THRESHOLD                 ED_THRESHOLD is
                                                                                                                    8
                                                                                         the threshold that the
                                                                                                                    9
                                                                                         RSSI indicated is
                                                                                                                    10
                                                                                         greater than in order
                                                                                                                    11
                                                                                         for PMD_ED to be
                                                                                                                    12
                                                                                         enabled.
                                                                                                                    13
                                                                                                                    14
                                                                                         PMD_ED is DIS-
                                                                                                                    15
                                                                                         ABLED when the
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                         PMD_RSSI falls
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                         below the energy
                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                         detect threshold.
                                                                                                                    19
                                                                                                                    20
                                                                                                                    21
                                                                                                                    22
                                                                                                                    23
18.4.5.15.3 When generated                                                                                          24
                                                                                                                    25
This primitive is generated by the PLCP sublayer to change or set the current High Rate PHY energy detect           26
threshold.                                                                                                          27
                                                                                                                    28
18.4.5.15.4 Effect of receipt                                                                                       29
                                                                                                                    30
The receipt of PMD_ED immediately changes the energy detection threshold as set by the                              31
ED_THRESHOLD parameter.                                                                                             32
                                                                                                                    33
18.4.6 PMD operating specifications, general                                                                        34
                                                                                                                    35
The following subclauses provide general specifications for the High Rate PMD sublayer. These specifica-            36
tions apply to both the Receive and the Transmit functions and general operation of a High Rate PHY.                37
                                                                                                                    38
Wireless LANS implemented in accordance with this standard are subject to equipment certification and               39
operation requirements established by regional and national regulatory administrations. The PMD specifica-          40
tion establishes minimum technical requirements for interoperability, based upon established regulations at         41
the time this standard was issued. These regulations are subject to revision, or may be superceeded. Require-       42
ments that are subject to local geographic regulations are annotated within the PMD specification. Regula-          43
tory requirements that do not effect interoperability are not addressed in this standard. Implementers are          44
refered to the following regulatory sources for further information. Operation in countries within defined          45
regulatory domains may be subject to additional regulations.                                                        46
                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
43                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


The documents listed in 14.6.2 and below specify the current regulatory requirements for various geographic            1
areas at the time the standard was developed. They are provided for geographic information only, and are               2
subject to change or revision at any time.                                                                             3
                                                                                                                       4
     Table —Additional Regulatory requirement list                                                                     5
                                                                                                                       6
        Geographic area            Approval standards                Documents             Approval authority          7
                                                                                                                       8
               Japan                 Ministry of Public        MPHPT Ordinance                 MPHPT                   9
                                    management, Home           for regulating Radio                                    10
                                   affairs, Post and Tele-      Equipment, Article                                     11
                                      communication                    49-20
                                         (MPHPT)                                                                       12
                                                                                                                       13
                                                                                                                       14
                                                                                                                       15
                                                                                                                       16
                                                                                                                       17
18.4.6.1 Operating frequency range                                                                                     18
                                                                                                                       19
The High Rate PHY shall operate in the frequency range of 2.4 GHz to 2.4835 GHz as allocated by regula-                20
                                                                                                                       21
tory bodies in the USA, Europe, and Japan or in the 2.471 GHz to 2.497 GHz frequency band as allocated by
                                                                                                                       22
regulatory authority in Japan.                                                                                         23
                                                                                                                       24
18.4.6.2 Number of operating channels                                                                                  25
                                                                                                                       26
                                                                                                                       27
The channel center frequencies and CHNL_ID numbers shall be as shown in Table 9. The FCC (US), IC                      28
(Canada), MPHPT (Japan), and ETSI (Europe) specify operation from 2.4 GHz to 2.4835 GHz. For Japan,                    29
operation is aditionally specified as 2.471 GHz to 2.497 GHz. France allows operation from 2.4465 GHz to               30
2.4835 GHz, and Spain allows operation from 2.445 GHz to 2.475 GHz. For each supported regulatory                      31
domain, all channels in Table 9 marked with “X” shall be supported.                                                    32
                                                                                                                       33
                                                                                                                       34
                          Table 9—High Rate PHY Frequency Channel Plan                                                 35
                                                                                                                       36
                                                                                                                       37
                                                             Regulatory domains                                        38
                                                                                                                       39
                                       X'10'     X'20'       X'30'     X'31'       X'32'     X'40'      X'41'
      CHNL_ID          Frequency       FCC        IC         ETSI      Spain      France     Japan      Japan          40
                                                                                                                       41
           1           2412 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X            42
                                                                                                                       43
           2           2417 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X
                                                                                                                       44
           3           2422 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X            45
                                                                                                                       46
           4           2427 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X
                                                                                                                       47
           5           2432 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X            48
                                                                                                                       49
           6           2437 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X
                                                                                                                       50
           7           2442 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X            51
                                                                                                                       52
           8           2447 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X
                                                                                                                       53
           9           2452 MHz          X         X           X         —            —        —          X            54
                                                                                                                       55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
44                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                           Table 9—High Rate PHY Frequency Channel Plan                                                1
                                                                                                                       2
            10         2457 MHz           X       X          X          X          X           —          X            3
                                                                                                                       4
            11         2462 MHz           X       X          X          X          X           —          X            5
            12         2467 MHz        —          —          X          —          X           —          X            6
                                                                                                                       7
            13         2472 MHz        —          —          X          —          X           —          X            8
            14         2484 MHz        —          —         —           —          —           X                       9
                                                                                                                       10
                                                                                                                       11
In a multiple cell network topology, overlapping and/or adjacent cells using different channels can operate            12
simultaneously without interference if the distance between the center frequencies is at least 25 MHz. Chan-           13
nel 14 shall be designated specifically for operation in Japan.                                                        14
                                                                                                                       15
18.4.6.3 Modulation and channel data rates                                                                             16
                                                                                                                       17
Four modulation formats and data rates are specified for the High Rate PHY. The basic access rate shall be             18
based on 1 Mbit/s DBPSK modulation. The enhanced access rate shall be based on 2 Mbit/s DQPSK. The                     19
extended Direct Sequence specification defines two additional data rates. The high rate access rates shall be          20
based on the Complementary Code Keying (CCK) modulation scheme for 5.5 Mbit/s and 11 Mbit/s. An                        21
optional Packet Binary Convolutional Coding (PBCC) mode is also provided for potentially enhanced per-                 22
formance.                                                                                                              23
                                                                                                                       24
18.4.6.4 Spreading sequence and modulation for 1 and 2 Mbit/s                                                          25
                                                                                                                       26
The following 11-chip Barker sequence shall be used as the PN code sequence for the 1 and 2 Mbit/s modu-               27
lation:                                                                                                                28
                                                                                                                       29
     +1, –1, +1, +1, –1, +1, +1, +1, –1, –1, –1                                                                        30
                                                                                                                       31
The leftmost chip shall be output first in time. The first chip shall be aligned at the start of a transmitted sym-    32
bol. The symbol duration shall be exactly 11 chips long.                                                               33
                                                                                                                       34
The DBPSK encoder for the basic access rate is specified in Table 10. The DQPSK encoder is specified in                35
Table 11. (In the tables, +jω shall be defined as counterclockwise rotation.)                                          36
                                                                                                                       37
                                                                                                                       38
                               Table 10—1 Mbit/s DBPSK Encoding Table                                                  39
                                                                                                                       40
                                                                                                                       41
                                  Bit input                         Phase change (+jω)                                 42
                                      0                                      0                                         43
                                                                                                                       44
                                      1                                      π                                         45
                                                                                                                       46
                                                                                                                       47
                                                                                                                       48
                                                                                                                       49
                                                                                                                       50
                                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                       52
                                                                                                                       53
                                                                                                                       54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
45                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                             Table 11—2 Mbit/s DQPSK Encoding Table                                                  1
                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                     3
                          Dibit pattern (d0,d1)
                                                                  Phase change (+jω)                                 4
                           d0 is first in time
                                                                                                                     5
                                    00                                     0                                         6
                                                                                                                     7
                                    01                                    π/2
                                                                                                                     8
                                    11                                     π                                         9
                                                                                                                     10
                                    10                                3π/2 (–π/2)
                                                                                                                     11
                                                                                                                     12
                                                                                                                     13
18.4.6.5 Spreading Sequences and modulation for CCK modulation at 5.5 and 11 Mbit/s
                                                                                                                     14
                                                                                                                     15
                                                                                                                     16
                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                     18
For the CCK modulation modes, the spreading code length is 8 and is based on complementary codes. The
                                                                                                                     19
chipping rate is 11 Mchip/s. The symbol duration shall be exactly 8 complex chips long.
                                                                                                                     20
                                                                                                                     21
The following formula shall be used to derive the CCK code words that shall be used for spreading both 5.5           22
and 11 Mbit/s:                                                                                                       23
                                                                                                                     24
                                                                                                                     25
                                                                                                                     26
                                                                                                                     27

             c = {e j(ϕ1 +ϕ2 +ϕ3 +ϕ4 ), e j(ϕ1 +ϕ3 +ϕ4 ) , e j(ϕ1 +ϕ2 +ϕ4 ),                                         28
                                                                                                                     29


             −e j(ϕ1 +ϕ4 ), e j(ϕ1 +ϕ2 +ϕ3) , e j(ϕ1 +ϕ3 ), −e j(ϕ1 +ϕ2 ) , e jϕ1 }
                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                                     31
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
                                                                                                                     34
, where C is the code word                                                                                           35
                                                                                                                     36
                                                                                                                     37
C ={ c0 .. c7}                                                                                                       38
                                                                                                                     39
The terms: ϕ1, ϕ2, ϕ3, and ϕ4 are defined in subclause 18.4.6.5.2 for 5.5 Mbit/s and subclause 18.4.6.5.3 for        40
11Mbit/s.                                                                                                            41
                                                                                                                     42
                                                                                                                     43
This formula creates 8 complex chips (c0 to c7) where c0 is transmitted first in time.                               44
                                                                                                                     45
This is a form of the generalized Hadamard transform encoding where ϕ1 is added to all code chips, ϕ2 is             46
added to all odd code chips, ϕ3 is added to all odd pairs of code chips and ϕ4 is added to all odd quads of          47
code chips.                                                                                                          48
                                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
The phases ϕ1 modify the phase of all code chips of the sequence and shall be DQPSK encoded for 5.5 and              51
11 Mbit/s. This shall take the form of rotating the whole symbol by the appropriate amount relative to the           52
phase of the preceding symbol. Note that the chip c7 of the symbol defined above is the chip that indicates          53
the symbol’s phase and it is transmitted last.                                                                       54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
46                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                   IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.6.5.1 Codes for CCK                                                                                                  1
                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                          3
The 4th and 7th chips are rotated 180 degrees (as shown) which helps to optimize the sequence correlation
                                                                                                                          4
properties and minimize DC offsets in the codes. This can be seen by the minus sign on the 4th and 7th terms
                                                                                                                          5
in the equation in subclause 18.4.6.5.                                                                                    6
                                                                                                                          7
18.4.6.5.2 CCK 5.5 Mbit/s Modulation                                                                                      8
                                                                                                                          9
                                                                                                                          10
At 5.5 Mbit/s 4 bits (d0 to d3; d0 first in time) are transmitted per symbol.                                             11
                                                                                                                          12
The data bits d0 and d1 encode ϕ1 based on DQPSK. The DQPSK encoder is specified in Table 12. (In the                     13
tables, +jω shall be defined as counterclockwise rotation.). The phase change for ϕ1 is relative to the phase             14
ϕ1 of the preceding symbol. For the header to PSDU transition, the phase change for ϕ1 is relative to the                 15
                                                                                                                          16
phase of the preceding DQPSK (2 Mbit/s) symbol. That is, the phase of the last symbol of the CRC-16 is the
                                                                                                                          17
reference phase for the first symbol generated from the PSDU octets. See the definition in subclause 18.4.6.4
                                                                                                                          18
for the reference phase of this Barker coded symbol. A “+1” chip in the Barker code shall represent the same              19
carrier phase as a “+1” chip in the CCK code.                                                                             20
                                                                                                                          21
All odd numbered symbols generated from the PSDU octets shall be given an extra 180 degree (π) rotation                   22
in addition to the standard DQPSK modulation as shown in Table 12. The symbols of the PSDU shall be                       23
                                                                                                                          24
numbered starting with “0” for the first symbol for the purposes of determining odd and even symbols. That
                                                                                                                          25
is, the PSDU transmission starts on an even numbered symbol.
                                                                                                                          26
                                                                                                                          27
                                     Table 12. DQPSK Encoding Table                                                       28
                                                                                                                          29
                                                                                                                          30
        Dibit pattern (d(0),d(1))        Even Symbols                            Odd Symbols                              31
          d(0) is first in time        Phase Change (+jω)                     Phase Change (+j ω)                         32
                                                                                                                          33
                   00                             0                                      π
                                                                                                                          34
                   01                             π/2                               3π/2 (- π/2)                          35
                                                                                                                          36
                   11                             π                                        0
                                                                                                                          37
                   10                       3π/2 (-π /2)                                π/2                               38
                                                                                                                          39
                                                                                                                          40
                                                                                                                          41
The data dibits d2, and d3 CCK encode the basic symbol as specified in Table 13. This table is derived from               42
the formula above by setting ϕ2 = (d2*π) + π /2, ϕ3 = 0, and ϕ4 = d3*π. In the table d2 and d3 are in the                 43
order shown and the complex chips are shown c0 to c7 (left to right) with c0 transmitted first in time.                   44
                                                                                                                          45
                                                                                                                          46
                                Table 13. 5.5 Mbit/s CCK Encoding Table                                                   47
                                                                                                                          48
                            d2, d3    c1     c2         c3    c4   c5    c6    c7      c8                                 49
                              00      1j     1          1j    -1   1j    1    -1j      1                                  50
                                                                                                                          51
                              01      -1j    -1       -1j     1    1j    1    -1j      1
                                                                                                                          52
                              10      -1j    1          -1j   -1   -1j   1     1j      1                                  53
                              11      1j     -1         1j    1    -1j   1     1j      1                                  54
                                                                                                                          55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
47                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.6.5.3 CCK 11 Mbit/s modulation.                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                     2
At 11 Mbit/s, 8 bits (d0 to d7; d0 first in time) are transmitted per symbol.                                        3
                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                     5
The first dibit (d0,d1) encodes ϕ1 based on DQPSK. The DQPSK encoder is specified in Table 12 above.                 6
The phase change for ϕ1 is relative to the phase ϕ1 of the preceding symbol. In the case of header to PSDU           7
transition, the phase change for ϕ1 is relative to the phase of the preceding DQPSK symbol. All odd num-             8
bered symbols of the PSDU are given an extra 180 degree (π) rotation in accordance with the DQPSK mod-               9
ulation as shown in Table 12. Symbol numbering starts with “0” for the first symbol of the PSDU.                     10
                                                                                                                     11
The data dibits: (d2,d3), (d4,d5), (d6,d7) encode ϕ2, ϕ3, and ϕ4 respectively based on QPSK as specified in          12
Table 14. Note that this table is binary, not Grey, coded.                                                           13
                                                                                                                     14
                                                                                                                     15
                                    Table 14. QPSK Encoding Table                                                    16
                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                     18
                              Dibit pattern (d(i),d(i+1))             Phase
                                 d(i) is first in time                                                               19
                                                                                                                     20
                                          00                            0                                            21
                                                                                                                     22
                                          01                           π/2
                                                                                                                     23
                                          10                            π                                            24
                                                                                                                     25
                                          11                       3π/2 (-π /2)                                      26
                                                                                                                     27
                                                                                                                     28
18.4.6.6 DSSS/PBCC Data Modulation and Modulation Rate (Optional)                                                    29
                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                                     31
This optional coding scheme uses a binary convolutional coding with a 64-state binary convolutional code             32
(BCC) and a cover sequence. The output of the BCC is encoded jointly onto the I and Q channels, as further           33
documented below.                                                                                                    34
                                                                                                                     35
The encoder for this scheme is shown in Figure 12. Incoming data is first encoded with a binary convolu-             36
tional code. A cover code is applied to the encoded data prior to transmission through the channel.                  37
                                                                                                                     38
                                                                                                                     39
                                                                                                                     40
        SCRAMBLED                               (y 1   y 0)                                                          41
          DATA IN            BCC                                       QPSK               QPSK SIGNAL                42
                            RATE 1/2                                  COVER
                M                                                                                                    43
                           ENCODER                   C                 MAP                 I,Q
                                                                                                                     44
                                                                                                                     45
                                                                                                                     46
                                                                                                                     47
                                                                                                                     48
                                                COVER                  S                                             49
                                                 CODE                                                                50
                                                                    COVER SEQUENCE                                   51
                                                                                                                     52
                                 Figure 12. PBCC Modulator Scheme                                                    53
                                                                                                                     54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
48                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                 IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                              P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


The binary convolutional code that is used is a 64-state, rate ½ code. The generator matrix for the code is             1
given as:                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                        3
                                                                                                                        4
                                                                                                                        5
                                                                                                                        6
                 G = [ D 6 + D 4 + D 3 + D + 1, D 6 + D 5 + D 4 + D 3 + D 2 + 1]                                        7
                                                                                                                        8
                                                                                                                        9
                                                                                                                        10
or in octal notation, it is given by                                                                                    11
                                                                                                                        12
                                                  G = [133, 175]                                                        13
                                                                                                                        14
                                                                                                                        15
Since the system is frame (PPDU) based, the encoder shall be in state zero, i.e. all memory elements contain
                                                                                                                        16
zero, at the beginning of each PPDU. The encoder must also be placed in a known state at the end of each
                                                                                                                        17
PPDU to prevent the data bits near the end of the PPDU from being substantially less reliable than those
                                                                                                                        18
early on in the PPDU. To place the encoder in a known state at the end of a PPDU, at least six deterministic
                                                                                                                        19
bits must be input immediately following the last data bit input the convolutional encoder. This is achieved
                                                                                                                        20
by appending one octet containing all zeros to the end of the PPDU prior to transmission and discarding the
                                                                                                                        21
final octet of each received PPDU. In this manner, the decoding process can be completed on the last data
                                                                                                                        22
bits reliably.
                                                                                                                        23
                                                                                                                        24
An encoder block diagram is shown in Figure 13. It consists of six memory elements. For every data bit                  25
input, two output bits are generated.                                                                                   26
                                                                                                                        27
                                                                                                                        28
                                                                                                                        29
                                 +                       +          +                    +           y0                 30
      input
                                                                                                                        31
       x                                                                                                                32
                           Z-1         Z -1       Z -1       Z -1       Z -1       Z-1             outputs
                                                                                                                        33
                                                                                                                        34
                                              +          +          +          +         +           y1                 35
                                                                                                                        36
                                                                                                                        37
                                 Figure 13. PBCC Convolutional Encoder                                                  38
                                                                                                                        39
                                                                                                                        40
The output of the binary convolutional code described in above is mapped to a constellation using one of                41
two possible rates. The 5.5 Mbps rate uses BPSK and the 11 Mbps rate uses QPSK. In QPSK mode each pair                  42
of output bits from the binary convolutional code is used to produce one symbol, while in BPSK mode each                43
pair of bits from the BCC is taken serially (y0 first) and used to produce two BPSK symbols. This yields a              44
throughput of one bit per symbol in QPSK mode and one-half a bit per symbol in BPSK mode.                               45
                                                                                                                        46
The phase of the first complex chip of the PSDU shall be defined with respect to the phase of the last chip of          47
the PCLP header, i.e. the last chip of the CRC check. The bits (y1 y0 ) = (0,0) shall indicate the same phase           48
as the last chip of the CRC check. The other three combinations of (y1 y 0) shall be defined with respect to            49
this reference phase as shown in Figure 14.                                                                             50
                                                                                                                        51
The mapping from BCC outputs to PSK constellation points in BPSK and QPSK modes is determined by a                      52
pseudo-random cover sequence. This is shown for both modes in Figure 14. Note that this is an absolute                  53
phase table, not differential as in CCK.                                                                                54
                                                                                                                        55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
49                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                     1
                                                                                                                     2
                                                  S=0                              S=1                               3
                                                                                                                     4
                            (y 1 y0)
                                          01                 00            00                  10                    5
               QPSK MODE                                                                                             6
               (1 BIT PER SYMBOL)                                                                                    7
                                                                                                                     8
                                          11                 10             01                11
                                                                                                                     9
                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                     11
                                                                                                                     12
                                                  S=0                              S=1                               13
                                                              0             0                                        14
                                                                                                                     15
               BPSK MODE                                                                                             16
               (1/2 BIT PER SYMBOL)
                                                                                                                     17
                                            1                                                 1                      18
                                                                                                                     19
                                                                                                                     20
                                    Figure 14. Cover Code Mapping                                                    21
                                                                                                                     22
                                                                                                                     23
The pseudo-random cover sequence is generated from a seed sequence. The 16-bit seed sequence is                      24
0011001110001011, where the first bit of the sequence in time is the left most bit. This sequence in octal           25
notation is given as 150714, where the least significant bit is the first in time. This seed sequence is used to     26
generate the pseudo-random cover sequence of length 256 bits that is used in the mapping of the current              27
PSK symbol. It is the current binary value of this sequence at every given point in time that is taken as s in       28
Figure 14.                                                                                                           29
                                                                                                                     30
This sequence of 256 bits is produced by taking the first sixteen bits of the sequence as the seed sequence,         31
the second sixteen bits as the seed sequence cyclically left rotated by three, the third sixteen bits as the seed    32
sequence cyclically left rotated by six, etc. If ci is the ith bit of the seed sequence, where 0 <= I <= 15, then    33
the sequence that is used to cover the data is given row-wise as follows:                                            34
                                                                                                                     35
                                                                                                                     36
                           c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15
                                                                                                                     37
                           c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2
                                                                                                                     38
                           c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5
                                                                                                                     39
                           c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8
                                                                                                                     40
                           c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11                                     41
                           c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14                                     42
                           c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1                                     43
                           c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4                                     44
                           c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7                                     45
                           c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10                                     46
                           c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13                                     47
                           c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0                                     48
                           c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3                                     49
                           c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6                                     50
                           c10 c11 c12c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9                                      51
                           c13 c14 c15 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12                                     52
                                                                                                                     53
For PPDUs with more than 256 data bits this sequence of 256 bits is simply repeated.                                 54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
50                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.6.7 Channel Agility (Optional)                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                    2
This channel agility option allows an implementation to overcome some inherent difficulty with static chan-         3
nel assignements (a tone jammer), without burdening all implementations with the added cost of this capa-           4
bility. When the channel agility option is enabled the PHY shall meet the requirements on channel switching         5
and settling time as described in subclause 18.4.6.12. and the hop sequences described below. This option           6
can also be used to implement 802.11 compliant systems that are interoperable between both FH and DS                7
modulations. Annex F contains a description of the expected behavior when such networks are employed.               8
                                                                                                                    9
18.4.6.7.1 Hop Sequences                                                                                            10
                                                                                                                    11
The hop sequences for each of the specified geographical areas are defined with two sets. High Rate fre-            12
quency channels referred to in this subclause are defined in Table 9.                                               13
                                                                                                                    14
The first set (Figure 15 and Figure 17) uses non-overlapping frequency channels to allow the High Rate sys-         15
tems to minimize interference degradation. The synchronization of frequency hopping is performed by the             16
MAC sub-layer management entity as defined in the IEEE 802.11 Standard, 1999, subclause 11.1.5 for the              17
FH PHY. The PLME SAP service primitives to command a new frequency channel is as defined in the IEEE                18
802.11 Standard, 1999, subclause 10.4.                                                                              19
                                                                                                                    20
The second set (Figure 16 and Figure 18) uses half overlapping frequency channels with 10 MHz center fre-           21
quency spacing to enable interoperability with 1 and 2 Mbit/s FH systems hopping with the approved                  22
802.11 hop sequences. The High Rate hop frequency is calculated from the specific 1 MHz channel chosen              23
for a given hop by picking the closest High Rate channel within the set. Where there is a choice of two DSSS        24
channels, the lower one shall be the one chosen. Therefore, the chosen channel shall be no more than +/-5           25
MHz of the channel center of the FH channel. When operating on the FH channels beyond +/-5 MHz of the               26
closest High Rate channel specified in the set, the High Rate mode shall not be used and all FH transmis-           27
sions shall occur at the 1 or 2 Mbit/s rates.                                                                       28
                                                                                                                    29
18.4.6.7.2 Operating channels                                                                                       30
                                                                                                                    31
The operating channels for specified geographical areas are defined in Table 15 and Table 16.                       32
                                                                                                                    33
                                                                                                                    34
                                                                                                                    35
                                                                                                                    36
                          Table 15. North American Operating Channels                                               37
                                                                                                                    38
                                                                       HR/DSSS Channel                              39
                         Set             Number of Channels                                                         40
                                                                          Numbers
                                                                                                                    41
                          1                        3              1, 6, 11                                          42
                          2                        6              1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11                                 43
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                    46
                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
51                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                    IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                 P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                           2
            CHANNEL 1                           CHANNEL 6                          CHANNEL11
                                                                                                                           3
                                                                                                                           4
                                                                                                                           5
                                                                                                                           6
 2400 MHz    2412 MHz                            2437 MHz                           2462 MHz                 2483.5 MHz
                                                                                                                           7
                                                                                                                           8
                 Figure 15. North American Channel Selection - Non overlapping                                             9
                                                                                                                           10
                                                                                                                           11
                                                                                                                           12
                                                                                                                           13
                                                                                                                           14
                                                                                                                           15
                                                                                                                           16
                                                                                                                           17
 2400 MHz    2412 MHz         2422 MHz    2432 MHz      2442 MHz      2452 MHz       2462 MHz     2472 MHz   2483.5 MHz
                                                                                                                           18
                                                                                                                           19
                    Figure 16. North American Channel Selection - Overlapping                                              20
                                                                                                                           21
                                                                                                                           22
                                                                                                                           23
                                                                                                                           24
                                                                                                                           25
                                                                                                                           26
                 Table 16. Europe Operating Channels (except France and Spain)
                                                                                                                           27
                                                                                                                           28
                        Set                  Number of Channels             HR/DSS Channel Numbers                         29
                                                                                                                           30
                         1                             3                1, 7, 13
                                                                                                                           31
                         2                             7                1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13                              32
                                                                                                                           33
                                                                                                                           34
                                                                                                                           35
                                                                                                                           36
                                                                                                                           37
                                                                                                                           38
            CHANNEL 1                                  CHANNEL 7                                CHANNEL13                  39
                                                                                                                           40
                                                                                                                           41
                                                                                                                           42
 2400 MHz    2412 MHz                                   2442 MHz                                  2472 MHz   2483.5 MHz    43
                                                                                                                           44
                        Figure 17. European Channel Selection - Non overlapping                                            45
                                                                                                                           46
                                                                                                                           47
                                                                                                                           48
                                                                                                                           49
                                                                                                                           50
                                                                                                                           51
                                                                                                                           52
                                                                                                                           53
                                                                                                                           54
                                                                                                                           55

                                          Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
52                             This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                       1
                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                       3
                                                                                                                       4
                                                                                                                       5
                                                                                                                       6
  2400 MHz   2412 MHz     2422 MHz      2432 MHz       2442 MHz    2452 MHz     2462 MHz      2472 MHz   2483.5 MHz
                                                                                                                       7
                        Figure 18. European Channel Selection - Overlapping                                            8
                                                                                                                       9
                                                                                                                       10
18.4.6.7.3 Hop Patterns                                                                                                11
                                                                                                                       12
A frequency hopping pattern, Fx, consists of a permutation of all frequency channels defined in Table 15,              13
and Table 16. For a given pattern number, x, the hopping sequence can be written as:                                   14
                                                                                                                       15
Fx = {fx (1), fx (2),...fx (p)}                                                                                        16
                                                                                                                       17
where,                                                                                                                 18
                                                                                                                       19
fx (i) = channel number (as defined in subclause14.6.4) for ith frequency in xth hopping pattern                       20
                                                                                                                       21
p = number of hops in pseudo-random hopping pattern before repeating sequence (79 for North America and                22
most of Europe)                                                                                                        23
                                                                                                                       24
                                                                                                                       25
                                                                                                                       26
The frequency hopping patterns for Set 1 of each geographic area is based on the Hop Patterns in Table 17              27
and Table 18.                                                                                                          28
                                                                                                                       29
                                                                                                                       30
The frequency hopping patterns for Set 2 of each geographic area is defined by the 1/2 Mbit/s FH PHY hop
                                                                                                                       31
sequences as described in the FH PHY subclause 14.6.8. Given the hopping pattern number, x, and the index
                                                                                                                       32
for the next frequency, i (in the range 1 to p), the DS channel number as defined in subclause 18.4.6.2 shall
                                                                                                                       33
be selected with the following algorithm:
                                                                                                                       34
                                                                                                                       35
                                                                                                                       36
                                                                                                                       37
North America:
                                                                                                                       38
                                                                                                                       39
                                                                                                                       40
                                                                                                                       41
         f'x (i) = f'’x (i) for 1 <= f'’x (i) <= 11;                                                                   42
                                                                                                                       43
         f'x (i) = null for f'’x (i) < 1 and f'’x (i) > 11;                                                            44
                                                                                                                       45
         f'’x (i) = 2 * Int [({[b(i) + x] mod (79) +2} – 6) / 10] – 1                                                  46
                                                                                                                       47
         with b(i) defined in Table 42 of subclause 14.6.8,                                                            48
                                                                                                                       49
Most of Europe:                                                                                                        50
                                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                       52
                                                                                                                       53
         f'x (i) = f'’x (i) for 1 <= f'’x (i) <= 13;                                                                   54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
53                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


         f'x (i) = null for f'’x (i) < 1 and f'’x (i) > 13;                                                              1
                                                                                                                         2
         f'’x (i) = 2 * Int [({[b(i) + x] mod (79) +2} – 6) / 10] – 1                                                    3
                                                                                                                         4
         with b(i) defined in Table 42 of subclause 14.6.8,                                                              5
                                                                                                                         6
                                                                                                                         7
                                                                                                                         8
                                                                                                                         9
                                Table 17. North America Set 1 Hop Patterns                                               10
                                                                                                                         11
                      Index                       Pattern 1                  Pattern 2                                   12
                                                                                                                         13
                      1                           1                          1                                           14
                      2                           6                          11                                          15
                                                                                                                         16
                      3                           11                         6                                           17
                                                                                                                         18
                                                                                                                         19
                                                                                                                         20
                                                                                                                         21
                                                                                                                         22
                                                                                                                         23
                                                                                                                         24
                 Table 18. Europe Set 1 Hop Patterns (except France and Spain)                                           25
                                                                                                                         26
                      Index                       Pattern 1                 Pattern 2                                    27
                                                                                                                         28
                      1                           1                         1                                            29
                      2                           7                         13                                           30
                                                                                                                         31
                      3                           13                        7                                            32
                                                                                                                         33
                                                                                                                         34
                                                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                         36
                                                                                                                         37
                                                                                                                         38
18.4.6.8 Transmit and receive in-band and out-of-band spurious emissions                                                 39
                                                                                                                         40
The High Rate PHY conforms with in-band and out-of-band spurious emissions as set by regulatory bodies.                  41
For the USA, refer to FCC 15.247, 15.205, and 15.209. For Europe, refer to ETS 300–328. For Japan refer to               42
MPT ordinance for Regulating Radio Equipment, Article 7.                                                                 43
                                                                                                                         44
18.4.6.9 Transmit-to-receive turnaround time                                                                             45
                                                                                                                         46
The TX-to-RX turnaround time shall be less than 10 µs, including the power-down ramp specified in                        47
18.4.7.6.                                                                                                                48
                                                                                                                         49
The TX-to-RX turnaround time shall be measured at the air interface from the trailing edge of the last trans-            50
mitted symbol to valid CCA detection of the incoming signal. The CCA should occur within 25 µs (10 µs                    51
for turnaround time plus 15 µs for energy detect) or by the next slot boundary occurring after the 25 µs has             52
elapsed (refer to 18.4.8.4). A receiver input signal 3 dB above the ED threshold described in 18.4.8.4 shall             53
be present at the receiver.                                                                                              54
                                                                                                                         55

                                         Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
54                            This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.6.10 Receive-to-transmit turnaround time                                                                        1
                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                     3
The RX-to-TX turnaround time shall be measured at the MAC/PHY interface, using PHYTX-
                                                                                                                     4
START.request and shall be 5 µs. This includes the transmit power up ramp described in 18.4.7.6.
                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                     6
18.4.6.11 Slot time                                                                                                  7
                                                                                                                     8
                                                                                                                     9
The slot time for the High Rate PHY shall be the sum of the RX-to-TX turnaround time (5 µs) and the
                                                                                                                     10
energy detect time (15 µs specified in 18.4.8.4). The propagation delay shall be regarded as being included
                                                                                                                     11
in the energy detect time.
                                                                                                                     12
                                                                                                                     13
18.4.6.12 Channel switching/settling time                                                                            14
                                                                                                                     15
When the channel agility option is enabled, the time to change from one operating channel frequency to               16
another as specified in 18.4.6.2 is 224 µs. A conformant PMD meets this switching time specification when            17
the operating channel center frequency has settled to within +/- 60 kHz of the nominal channel center. Sta-          18
tions shall not transmit until after the channel change settling time.                                               19
                                                                                                                     20
                                                                                                                     21
18.4.6.13 Transmit and receive antenna port impedance                                                                22
                                                                                                                     23
The impedance of the transmit and receive antenna port(s) shall be 50 Ω if the port is exposed.                      24
                                                                                                                     25
                                                                                                                     26
18.4.6.14 Transmit and receive operating temperature range                                                           27
                                                                                                                     28
Three temperature ranges for full operation compliance to the High Rate PHY are specified in Clause 13. Type         29
1 shall be defined as 0 oC to 40 oC, and is designated for office environments. Type 2 shall be defined as –30 oC    30
to +70oC, and is designated for industrial environments.                                                             31
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
18.4.7 PMD transmit specifications                                                                                   34
                                                                                                                     35
The following subclauses describe the transmit functions and parameters associated with the PMD sublayer.            36
                                                                                                                     37
                                                                                                                     38
18.4.7.1 Transmit power levels                                                                                       39
                                                                                                                     40
The maximum allowable output power as measured in accordance with practices specified by the regulatory              41
bodies is shown in Table 19. In the USA, the radiated emissions should also conform with the ANSI uncon-             42
trolled radiation emission standards (IEEE Std C95.1-1991).                                                          43
                                                                                                                     44
                                                                                                                     45
                                   Table 19—Transmit Power Levels                                                    46
                                                                                                                     47
                                                                                                                     48
         Maximum output power          Geographic location                Compliance document
                                                                                                                     49
         1000 mW                     USA                          FCC 15.247                                         50
                                                                                                                     51
         100 mW (EIRP)               Europe                       ETS 300–328                                        52
         See Table 115a              Japan                        MPT ordinance for Regulating Radio                 53
                                                                  Equipment, Article 49-20                           54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
55                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


Table 115a, Transmit power levels in Japan                                                                          1
                                                                                                                    2
                                                                                                                    3
                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                    5
     Maximum output power               Modulation/Frequency range                  Compliance document             6
                                                                                                                    7
           10 mW/MHz                   for FH-SS or DS-SS modulation          MPHPT ordinance for Regulating        8
                                         and operation in 2.471 GHz -          Radio Equipment, article 49-20       9
                                                 2.497 GHz                                                          10
                                                                                                                    11
           10 mW/MHz                  for DS-SS modulation and opera-         MPHPT ordinance for Regulating        12
                                        tion in 2.400GHz - 2.4835 GHz          Radio Equipment, article 49-20
                                                                                                                    13
           3 mW/MHz                   for FH-SS modulation and opera-         MPHPT ordinance for Regulating        14
                                       tion in 2.400 GHz - 2.4835 GHz          Radio Equipment, article 49-20       15
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                    18
18.4.7.2 Transmit power level control                                                                               19
                                                                                                                    20
                                                                                                                    21
Power control shall be provided for transmitted power greater than 100 mW. A maximum of four power lev-             22
els may be provided. At a minimum, a radio capable of transmission greater than 100 mW shall be capable             23
of switching power back to 100 mW or less.                                                                          24
                                                                                                                    25
18.4.7.3 Transmit spectrum mask                                                                                     26
                                                                                                                    27
                                                                                                                    28
The transmitted spectral products shall be less than –30 dBr (dB relative to the SINx/x peak) for fc – 22 MHz       29
< f < fc –11 MHz, fc +11 MHz < f < fc + 22 MHz, –50 dBr for f < fc –22 MHz, and f > fc + 22 MHz, where fc           30
is the channel center frequency. The transmit spectral mask is shown in Figure 19. The measurements shall           31
be made using 100 kHz resolution bandwidth and a 100 kHz video bandwidth.                                           32
                   Transmit                                                                                         33
                                                                                         Unfiltered
                   Spectrum                                                                                         34
                                                                                         Sinx/x
                   Mask                            0 dBr                                                            35
                                                                                                                    36
                                                                                                                    37
                                                                                                                    38
                                                                                                                    39
                                                                                                                    40
                                                                                   -30 dBr                          41
                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                    43
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                    -50 dBr         45
                                                         fc                                                         46
             fc -22 MHz         fc -11 MHz                               fc +11 MHz           fc +22 Mhz            47
                                Figure 19—Transmit spectrum mask                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
18.4.7.4 Transmit center frequency tolerance                                                                        52
                                                                                                                    53
The transmitted center frequency tolerance shall be ±25 ppm maximum.                                                54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
56                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                            IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                         P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.7.5 Chip clock frequency tolerance                                                                            1
                                                                                                                   2
                                                                                                                   3
The PN code chip clock frequency tolerance shall be better than ±25 ppm maximum. It is highly recom-
                                                                                                                   4
mended that the chip clock and the transmit frequency be locked (coupled) for optimum demodulation per-
                                                                                                                   5
formance. If these clocks are locked, it is recommended that bit 2 of the SERVICE field be set to a 1 as           6
indicated in paragraph 18.2.3.4.                                                                                   7
                                                                                                                   8
18.4.7.6 Transmit power-on and power-down ramp                                                                     9
                                                                                                                   10
                                                                                                                   11
The transmit power-on ramp for 10% to 90% of maximum power shall be no greater than 2 µs. The transmit             12
power-on ramp is shown in Figure 20.                                                                               13
                                                                                                                   14
                                                                                                                   15
                                                                                          Max Tx power             16
                                                                                                                   17
         Transmit                                                                                                  18
         Power                                                                             90% MAX                 19
                                                                                                                   20
         Output                                                                                                    21
                                                                                                                   22
                                                                                                                   23
                                                                                                                   24
                                                                                                                   25
         10% MAX                                                                                                   26
                                       0       1        2       3       4         Time µsec                        27
                                                                                                                   28
                             Figure 20—Transmit Power-On Ramp                                                      29
                                                                                                                   30
                                                                                                                   31
The transmit power-down ramp for 90% to 10% maximum power shall be no greater than 2 µs. The transmit              32
power down ramp is shown in Figure 21.                                                                             33
                                                                                                                   34
                                                                                                                   35
                                                                                                                   36
                                                                                         Max Tx power              37
                                                                                                                   38
           Transmit                                                                        90% MAX                 39
            Power                                                                                                  40
            Output                                                                                                 41
                                                                                                                   42
                                                                                                                   43
                                                                                                                   44
                                                                                                                   45
                                                                                           10% MAX                 46
                                                                                                                   47
                                        0        1       2       3        4         Time µsec                      48
                             Figure 21—Transmit Power-Down Ramp                                                    49
                                                                                                                   50
                                                                                                                   51
                                                                                                                   52
The transmit power ramps shall be constructed such that the High Rate PHY emissions conform with spuri-            53
ous frequency product specification defined in 18.4.6.8.                                                           54
                                                                                                                   55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
57                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.7.7 RF carrier suppression                                                                                      1
                                                                                                                     2
The RF carrier suppression, measured at the channel center frequency, shall be at least 15 dB below the peak         3
SIN(x)/x power spectrum. The RF carrier suppression shall be measured while transmitting a repetitive 01             4
data sequence with the scrambler disabled using DQPSK modulation. A 100 kHz resolution bandwidth shall               5
be used to perform this measurement.                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                     7
18.4.7.8 Transmit modulation accuracy                                                                                8
                                                                                                                     9
The transmit modulation accuracy requirement for the High Rate PHY shall be based on the difference                  10
between the actual transmitted waveform and the ideal signal waveform. Modulation accuracy shall be deter-           11
mined by measuring the peak vector error magnitude measured during each chip period. Worst-Case vector               12
error magnitude shall not exceeded 0.35 for the normalized sampled chip data. The ideal complex I and Q con-         13
stellation points associated with DQPSK modulation (0.707,0.707), (0.707, –0.707), (–0.707, 0.707), (–0.707,         14
–0.707) shall be used as the reference. These measurements shall be from baseband I and Q sampled data after         15
recovery through a reference receiver system.                                                                        16
                                                                                                                     17
Figure 22 illustrates the ideal DQPSK constellation points and range of worst-case error specified for modu-         18
lation accuracy.                                                                                                     19
                                                                                                                     20
                                                                                  Ideal Constellation                21
                                                            Q                      Point                             22
                                                                                                                     23
                                                                                                                     24
                                                                                                                     25
                                                                                                                     26
      Range of                                                                                                       27
      Worst Case Error                                                                                               28
                                                                                          I                          29
                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                          Measured Point             31
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
                                                                                                                     34
                                                                                                                     35
                                                                                              Error Vector           36
                                                                                                                     37
                                                                                                                     38
                                                                                                                     39
                     Figure 22—Modulation Accuracy Measurement Example
                                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                     41
Error vector measurement requires a reference receiver capable of carrier lock. All measurements shall be            42
made under carrier lock conditions. The distortion induced in the constellation by the reference receiver            43
shall be calibrated and measured. The test data error vectors described below shall be corrected to compen-          44
sate for the reference receiver distortion.                                                                          45
                                                                                                                     46
The IEEE 802.11 compatible radio shall provide an exposed TX chip clock, which shall be used to sample               47
the I and Q outputs of the reference receiver.                                                                       48
                                                                                                                     49
The measurement shall be made under the conditions of continuous DQPSK transmission using scrambled                  50
all 1’s.                                                                                                             51
                                                                                                                     52
The eye pattern of the I channel shall be used to determine the I and Q sampling point. The chip clock pro-          53
vided by the vendor radio shall be time delayed such that the samples fall at a 1/2 chip period offset from the      54
                                                                                                                     55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
58                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                   IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


mean of the zero crossing positions of the eye (see Figure 23). This is the ideal center of the eye and may not           1
be the point of maximum eye opening.                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                          3
                                                                                                                          4
                                                     1 Chip Period                                                        5
                                                                                                                          6
                                                                                                                          7
                                                                                                                          8
                                                                                                                          9
           Amplitude                                                                                                      10
                                                                                                Geometric                 11
                                                                                                  Center                  12
                                                                                                                          13
                                                                                                                          14
                                                                                                                          15
                                                                                                                          16
                          Time
                                                                                                                          17
                                                 Ideal Sample 1/2 Chip Period
                                                    Point                                                                 18
                 Vendor                                                                                                   19
                 Chip Clock                                                                                               20
                                                                                                                          21
                                                                                                                          22
                                                                                                                          23
                       Figure 23—Chip Clock Alignment with Baseband Eye Pattern                                           24
                                                                                                                          25
                                                                                                                          26
                                                                                                                          27
Using the aligned chip clock, 1000 samples of the I and Q baseband outputs from the reference receiver are                28
captured. The vector error magnitudes shall be calculated as follows:                                                     29
                                                                                                                          30
Calculate the dc offsets for I and Q samples.                                                                             31
                                                                                                                          32
                                                                                                                          33
                                                                                                                          34
                999                                                                                                       35
     I mean =   ∑ I (n ) ⁄ 1000                                                                                           36
                n=0                                                                                                       37
                                                                                                                          38
                                                                                                                          39
                                                                                                                          40
                 999                                                                                                      41
     Q mean =    ∑ Q ( n ) ⁄ 1000                                                                                         42
                n=0                                                                                                       43
                                                                                                                          44
                                                                                                                          45
Calculate the dc corrected I and Q samples for all n =1000 sample pairs.                                                  46
                                                                                                                          47
                                                                                                                          48
     I dc (n)= I(n) – Imean                                                                                               49
                                                                                                                          50
     Q dc (n)= Q(n) – Q mean                                                                                              51
                                                                                                                          52
                                                                                                                          53
Calculate the average magnitude of I and Q samples.                                                                       54
                                                                                                                          55

                                          Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
59                             This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                      IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                   P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                             1
               999
                                                                                                                             2
     I mag =   ∑      I dc( n ) ⁄ 1000
                                                                                                                             3
               n=0
                                                                                                                             4
                                                                                                                             5
                                                                                                                             6
                999                                                                                                          7
     Q mag =    ∑     Q dc ( n ) ⁄ 1000                                                                                      8
               n= 0                                                                                                          9
                                                                                                                             10
                                                                                                                             11
Calculate the normalized error vector magnitude for the I dc (n)/Q dc (n) pairs.                                             12
                                                                                                                             13
                                                                           1-                                                14
                                                                            2
     Verr ( n ) = 1-- × ( { I dc( n ) – I mag } + { Q dc( n ) – Q mag} )                                                     15
                                               2                      2
                                                                                – V correction
                   2                                                                                                         16
                                                                                                                             17
     with V correction = error induced by the reference receiver system.                                                     18
                                                                                                                             19
                                                                                                                             20
A vendor High Rate PHY implementation shall be compliant if for all n =1000 samples the following condi-
                                                                                                                             21
tion is met:
                                                                                                                             22
                                                                                                                             23
     Verr(n) < 0.35
                                                                                                                             24
                                                                                                                             25
18.4.8 PMD receiver specifications                                                                                           26
                                                                                                                             27
The following subclauses describe the receive functions and parameters associated with the PMD sublayer.                     28
                                                                                                                             29
18.4.8.1 Receiver minimum input level sensitivity                                                                            30
                                                                                                                             31
The frame error ratio (FER) shall be less than 8 ×10 –2 at an PSDU length of 1024 octets for an input level of –             32
76 dBm measured at the antenna connector. This FER shall be specified for 11 Mbit/s CCK modulation. The                      33
test for the minimum input level sensitivity shall be conducted with the energy detection threshold set less than            34
or equal to –76 dBm.                                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                             36
18.4.8.2 Receiver maximum input level                                                                                        37
                                                                                                                             38
The receiver shall provide a maximum FER of 8 ×10 –2 at an PSDU length of 1024 octets for a maximum input                    39
level of –10 dBm measured at the antenna. This FER shall be specified for 11 Mbit/s CCK modulation.                          40
                                                                                                                             41
18.4.8.3 Receiver adjacent channel rejection                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                             43
Adjacent channel rejection is defined between any two channels with >25 MHz separation in each channel                       44
group defined in 18.4.6.2.                                                                                                   45
                                                                                                                             46
The adjacent channel rejection shall be equal to or better than 35 dB with an FER of 8×10 –2 using                           47
1 1 Mbit /s CCK modulation described in 18.4.6.3 and an PSDU length of 1024 octets.                                          48
                                                                                                                             49
The adjacent channel rejection shall be measured using the following method:                                                 50
                                                                                                                             51
Input a 11 Mbit/s CCK modulated signal at a level 6 dB greater than specified in 18.4.8.1. In an adjacent                    52
channel (>25 MHz separation as defined by the channel numbering), input a signal modulated in a similar                      53
fashion that adheres to the transmit mask specified in 18.4.7.3 to a level 41 dB above the level specified in                54
                                                                                                                             55

                                             Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
60                                This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


18.4.8.1. The adjacent channel signal shall be derived from a separate signal source. It cannot be a frequency         1
shifted version of the reference channel. Under these conditions, the FER shall be no worse than 8 × 10 –2 .           2
                                                                                                                       3
18.4.8.4 CCA                                                                                                           4
                                                                                                                       5
The High Rate PHY shall provide the capability to perform CCA according to at least one of the following               6
three methods:                                                                                                         7
                                                                                                                       8
     a)   CCA Mode 1: Energy above threshold. CCA shall report a busy medium upon detecting any energy                 9
          above the ED threshold.                                                                                      10
     b)   CCA Mode 4: Carrier Sense with timer. CCA shall start a timer whose duration is 3.65 ms and                  11
          report a busy medium only upon the detection of a High Rate PHY signal. CCA shall report an idle             12
          medium after the timer expires and no High Rate PHY signal is detected. The 3.65 ms timeout is the           13
          duration of the longest possible 5.5 Mbit/s PSDU.                                                            14
     c)   CCA Mode 5: A combination of Carrier Sense and energy above threshold. CCA shall report busy at              15
          least while a High Rate PPDU with energy above the ED threshold is being received at the antenna.            16
                                                                                                                       17
The energy detection status shall be given by the PMD primitive, PMD_ED. The carrier sense status shall be             18
given by PMD_CS. The status of PMD_ED and PMD_CS is used in the PLCP convergence procedure to                          19
indicate activity to the MAC through the PHY interface primitive PHY-CCA.indicate.                                     20
                                                                                                                       21
A busy channel shall be indicated by PHY-CCA.indicate of class BUSY.                                                   22
                                                                                                                       23
Clear channel shall be indicated by PHY-CCA.indicate of class IDLE.                                                    24
                                                                                                                       25
The PHY MIB attribute dot11CCAModeSupported shall indicate the appropriate operation modes. The                        26
PHY shall be configured through the PHY MIB attribute dot11CurrentCCAMode.                                             27
                                                                                                                       28
The CCA shall be TRUE if there is no energy detect or carrier sense. The CCA parameters are subject to the             29
following criteria:                                                                                                    30
                                                                                                                       31
     a)   If a valid High Rate signal is detected during its preamble within the CCA assessment window, the            32
          energy detection threshold shall be less than or equal to –76 dBm for TX power > 100 mW, –73                 33
          dBm for 50 mW < TX power < 100 mW, and –70 dBm for TX power < 50 mW.                                         34
     b)   With a valid signal (according to the CCA mode of operation) present at the receiver antenna within          35
          5 µs of the start of a MAC slot boundary, the CCA indicator shall report channel busy before the end         36
          of the slot time. This implies that the CCA signal is available as an exposed test point. Refer to IEEE      37
          Std 802.11- 1999 Figure 47 for a slot time boundary definition.                                              38
     c)   In the event that a correct PLCP Header is received, the High Rate PHY shall hold the CCA signal             39
          inactive (channel busy) for the full duration as indicated by the PLCP LENGTH field. Should a loss           40
          of carrier sense occur in the middle of reception, the CCA shall indicate a busy medium for the              41
          intended duration of the transmitted PPDU. Upon reception of a correct PLCP Header, the timer of             42
          CCA Mode 2 shall be overridden by this requirement.                                                          43
                                                                                                                       44
Conformance to High Rate PHY CCA shall be demonstrated by applying an equivalent High Rate compliant                   45
signal, above the appropriate ED threshold (a), such that all conditions described in b) and c) above are dem-         46
onstrated.                                                                                                             47
                                                                                                                       48
Annex A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (normative)                                      49
                                                                                                                       50
Add the following table to Annex A:                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                       52
A.4.3 - IUT Configuration                                                                                              53
                                                                                                                       54
                                                                                                                       55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
61                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



Insert an entry CF7 to the table                                                                                    1
 Item           IUT Configuration                           References      Status           Support                2
                What is the configuration of the IUT?                                                               3
 * CF1          Access Point (AP)                           5.2             O.1              Yes o No o             4
 * CF2          Independent Station (NOT an AP)             5.2             O.1              Yes o No o             5
 * CF3          Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum PHY                       O.2              Yes o No o
                                                                                                                    6
                  Layer for the 2.4GHz Band
 * CF4          Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum PHY                         O.2              Yes o No o             7
                Layer for the 2.4GHz Band                                                                           8
 * CF5          Infrared PHY Layer                                          O.2              Yes o No o             9
 * CF7          High Speed PHY layer                                        O.2              Yes o No o             10
                                                                                                                    11
                                                                                                                    12
Insert a new section 4.9 for the optional HR/DSSS parameters.                                                       13
                                                                                                                    14
A 4.9 - High Rate Direct Sequence Physical Layer Functions                                                          15
                                                                                                                    16
Are the following PHY features supported?                                                                           17
 Item           PHY Feature                              References            Status        Support                18
 HRDS1          Long Preamble and Header Proce-          18.2                  M             Yes o No o             19
                dures                                                                                               20
 HRDS1.1        Long DS Preamble prepended on            18.2.1                M             Yes o No o             21
                TX                                                                                                  22
 HRDS1.2        Long PLCP integrity check genera-        18.2.3, 18.2.3.6      M             Yes o No o             23
                tion                                                                                                24
 HRDS1.3        TX Rate change capability                18.2.3.3              M             Yes o   No o           25
 HRDS1.4        Supported Data Rates                     18.1, 18.2.3.3        M             Yes o   No o           26
 HRDS1.5        Data scrambler                           18.2.4                M             Yes o   No o           27
 HRDS1.6        Scrambler initialization                 18.2.4                M             Yes o   No o           28
 *HRDS2         Channel Agility Option                   18.3.2                O             Yes o   No o           29
 *HRDS3         Short Preamble and Header Proce-         18.2                  O             Yes o   No o           30
                dures                                                                                               31
 HRDS3.1        Short Preamble prepended on TX           18.2.2                HRDS3:        Yes o No o N/A o       32
                                                                               M                                    33
 HRDS3.2        Short Header Transmission                18.2.3.8,             HRDS3:        Yes o No o N/A o       34
                                                         18.2.3.9,             M                                    35
                                                         18.2.3.10,                                                 36
                                                         18.2.3.11,                                                 37
                                                         18.2.3.12                                                  38
                                                         ,18.2.3.13,                                                39
                                                         18.2.3.14                                                  40
                                                                                                                    41
 HRDS4          Long Preamble process on RX              18.2.6                M             Yes o No o             42
 HRDS4.1        PLCP format                              18.2.6                HRDS4:        Yes o No o             43
                                                                               M                                    44
 HRDS4.2        PLCP integrity check verify              18.2.6                HRDS4:        Yes o No o             45
                                                                               M                                    46
 HRDS4.3        RX Rate change capability                18.2.6                HRDS4:        Yes o No o             47
                                                                               M                                    48
 HRDS4.4        Data whitener descrambler                18.2.6                HRDS4:        Yes o No o             49
                                                                               M                                    50
 *HRDS5         Short Preamble process on RX             18.2.6                HRDS5:        Yes o No o N/A o       51
                                                                               M                                    52
 HRDS5.1        PLCP format                              18.2.6                HRDS5:        Yes o No o N/A o       53
                                                                               M                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
62                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                           IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                        P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



 HRDS5.2       PLCP integrity check verify             18.2.6                HRDS5:        Yes o No o N/A o       1
                                                                             M                                    2
 HRDS5.3       RX Rate change capability               18.2.6                HRDS5:        Yes o No o N/A o       3
                                                                             M                                    4
 HRDS5.4       Data whitener descrambler               18.2.6                HRDS5:        Yes o No o N/A o       5
                                                                             M                                    6
 *HRDS6        Operating channel capability                                                                       7
 * HRDS6.1     North America (FCC)                      18.4.6.2             HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o       8
                                                                             O.3                                  9
 HRDS6.1.1     channel 1                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       10
                                                                             :M                                   11
 HRDS6.1.2     channel 2                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       12
                                                                             :M                                   13
 HRDS6.1.3     channel 3                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       14
                                                                             :M                                   15
 HRDS6.1.4     channel 4                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       16
                                                                             :M                                   17
 HRDS6.1.5     channel 5                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       18
                                                                             :M                                   19
 HRDS6.1.6     channel 6                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       20
                                                                             :M                                   21
 HRDS6.1.7     channel 7                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       22
                                                                             :M                                   23
 HRDS6.1.8     channel 8                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       24
                                                                             :M                                   25
 HRDS6.1.9     channel 9                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       26
                                                                             :M                                   27
 HRDS6.1.10    channel 10                               18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       28
                                                                                                                  29
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.1.11    channel 11                               18.4.6.2             HRDS6.1       Yes o No o N/A o       30
                                                                                                                  31
                                                                             :M
 * HRDS6.2     Canada (IC)                              18.4.6.2             HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o       32
                                                                                                                  33
                                                                             O.3
 HRDS6.2.1     channel 1                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       34
                                                                                                                  35
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.2.2     channel 2                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       36
                                                                                                                  37
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.2.3     channel 3                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       38
                                                                                                                  39
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.2.4     channel 4                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       40
                                                                                                                  41
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.2.5     channel 5                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       42
                                                                                                                  43
                                                                             :M
 HRDS6.2.6     channel 6                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       44
                                                                                                                  45
                                                                             :M
                                                                                                                  46
 HRDS6.2.7     channel 7                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                  47
                                                                             :M
                                                                                                                  48
 HRDS6.2.8     channel 8                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                  49
                                                                             :M
                                                                                                                  50
 HRDS6.2.9     channel 9                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                  51
                                                                             :M
                                                                                                                  52
 HRDS6.2.10    channel 10                               18.4.6.2             HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                  53
                                                                             :M
                                                                                                                  54
                                                                                                                  55

                                  Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
63                     This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                            IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                         P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



 HRDS6.2.11    channel 11                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.2       Yes o No o N/A o       1
                                                                              :M                                   2
 * HRDS6.3     Europe (ETSI)                             18.4.6.2             HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o       3
                                                                              O.3                                  4
 HRDS6.3.1     channel 1                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       5
                                                                              :M                                   6
 HRDS6.3.2     channel 2                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       7
                                                                              :M                                   8
 HRDS6.3.3     channel 3                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       9
                                                                              :M                                   10
 HRDS6.3.4     channel 4                                18.4.6.2              HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       11
                                                                              :M                                   12
 HRDS6.3.5     channel 5                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       13
                                                                              :M                                   14
 HRDS6.3.6     channel 6                                18.4.6.2              HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       15
                                                                              :M                                   16
 HRDS6.3.7     channel 7                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       17
                                                                              :M                                   18
 HRDS6.3.8     channel 8                                 18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       19
                                                                              :M                                   20
 HRDS6.3.9     channel 9                                18.4.6.2              HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       21
                                                                              :M                                   22
 HRDS6.3.10    channel 10                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       23
                                                                              :M                                   24
 HRDS6.3.11    channel 11                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       25
                                                                              :M                                   26
 HRDS6.3.12    channel 12                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       27
                                                                                                                   28
                                                                              :M
 HRDS6.3.13    channel 13                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.3       Yes o No o N/A o       29
                                                                                                                   30
                                                                              :M
 * HRDS6.4     France                                    18.4.6.2             HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o       31
                                                                                                                   32
                                                                              O.3
 HRDS6.4.1     channel 10                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.4       Yes o No o N/A o       33
                                                                                                                   34
                                                                              :M
 HRDS6.4.2     channel 11                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.4       Yes o No o N/A o       35
                                                                                                                   36
                                                                              :M
 HRDS6.4.3     channel 12                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.4       Yes o No o N/A o       37
                                                                                                                   38
                                                                              :M
 HRDS6.4.4     channel 13                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.4       Yes o No o N/A o       39
                                                                                                                   40
                                                                              :M
 * HRDS6.5     Spain                                    18.4.6.2              HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o       41
                                                                                                                   42
                                                                              O.3
 HRDS6.5.1     channel 10                                18.4.6.2             HRDS6.5       Yes o No o N/A o       43
                                                                                                                   44
                                                                              :M
                                                                                                                   45
 HRDS6.5.2     channel 11                               18.4.6.2              HRDS6.5       Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                   46
                                                                              :M
                                                                                                                   47
 * HRDS6.6     Japan                                     18.4.6.2             HRDS6:        Yes o No o N/A o
                                                                                                                   48
                                                                              O.3
 HRDS6.6.1     Channel 1                                      18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         49
                                                                                M                 N/A o            50
 HRDS6.6.2     Channel 2                                      18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         51
                                                                                M                 N/A o
 HRDS6.6.3     Channel 3                                      18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         52
                                                                                M                 N/A o            53
                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                   55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
64                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                           IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                        P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


 HRDS6.6.4     Channel 4                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         1
                                                                               M                 N/A o            2
 HRDS6.6.5     Channel 5                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o
                                                                               M                 N/A o            3
 HRDS6.6.6     Channel 6                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         4
                                                                               M                 N/A o            5
 HRDS6.6.7     Channel 7                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         6
                                                                               M                 N/A o
 HRDS6.6.8     Channel 8                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         7
                                                                               M                 N/A o            8
 HRDS6.6.9     Channel 9                                     18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         9
                                                                               M                 N/A o            10
 HRDS6.6.10    Channel 10                                    18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o
                                                                               M                 N/A o            11
 HRDS6.6.11    Channel 11                                    18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         12
                                                                               M                 N/A o            13
 HRDS6.6.12    Channel 12                                    18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         14
                                                                               M                 N/A o
 HRDS6.6.13    Channel 13                                    18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         15
                                                                               M                 N/A o            16
 HRDS6.6.14    Channel 14                                    18.4.6.2        HRDS6.6:          Yes o No o         17
                                                                               M                 N/A o            18
 HRDS8         Hop Sequences                                                 HRDS2:        Yes o No o N/A o       19
                                                                             M                                    20
 HRDS8         CCK Bits to Symbol Mapping                                                                         21
 HRDS8.1       5.5 Mbit/s                              18.4.6.5              HRDS8:        Yes o No o             22
                                                                             M                                    23
 HRDS8.2       11 Mbit/s                               18.4.6.5              HRDS8:        Yes o No o             24
                                                                             M                                    25
 *HRDS9        PBCC Bits to Symbol Mappings            18.4.6.6              O                                    26
 HRDS9.1       5.5 Mbit/s                              18.4.6.6              HRDS9:        Yes o No o             27
                                                                             M                                    28
 HRDS9.2       11 Mbit/s                               18.4.6.6              HRDS9:        Yes o No o             29
                                                                             M                                    30
 *HRDS10       CCA functionality                       18.4.8.4                                                   31
 HRDS10.1      CCA mode 1, Energy Only (RSSI           18.4.8.4              HRDS10:       Yes o No o             32
               above threshold)                                              O.4                                  33
 HRDS10.2      CCA mode 4, Carrier sense with          18.4.8.4              HRDS10:       Yes o No o             34
               timer                                                         O.4                                  35
 HRDS10.3      CCA mode 5, Energy detect with          18.4.8.4              HRDS10:       Yes o No o             36
               high rate CS                                                  O.4                                  37
 HRDS10.4      Hold CCA busy for packet duration       18.2.6                M             Yes o No o             38
               of a correctly received PLCP but                                                                   39
               carrier lost during reception of                                                                   40
               MPDU                                                                                               41
 HRDS10.5      Hold CCA busy for packet duration       18.2.6                M             Yes o No o             42
               of a correctly received but out of                                                                 43
               spec PLCP                                                                                          44
 HRDS11        Transmit antenna selection              18.4.5.8,             O             Yes o No o             45
 HRDS12        Receive antenna diversity               18.4.5.8,             O             Yes o No o             46
                                                       18.4.5.9                                                   47
 *HRDS13       antenna port(s) availability            18.4.6.8              O             Yes o No o             48
 HRDS13.1      if available (50 ohm impedance)         18.4.6.8              HRDS13:       Yes o No o N/A o       49
                                                                             M                                    50
 *HRDS14       transmit power level support            18.4.5.9,             O             Yes o No o             51
                                                       18.4.7.2                                                   52
 HRDS14.1      if greater than 100mW capability        18.4.7.2              HRDS14:       Yes o No o N/A o       53
                                                                             M                                    54
                                                                                                                  55

                                  Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
65                     This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                            IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                         P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001



 *HRDS15       radio type (temperature range)           18.4.6.14                                                  1
 HRDS15.1      Type 1                                   18.4.6.14             HRDS15:       Yes o No o N/A o       2
                                                                              O.5                                  3
 HRDS15.2      Type 2                                   18.4.6.14             HRDS15:       Yes o No o N/A o       4
                                                                              O.5                                  5
 HRDS16        Spurious Emissions conformance           18.4.6.8              M             Yes o   No o           6
 HRDS17        TX - RX turnaround time                  18.4.6.9              M             Yes o   No o           7
 HRDS18        RX - TX turnaround time                  18.4.6.10             M             Yes o   No o           8
 HRDS19        Slot Time                                18.4.6.11             M             Yes o   No o           9
 HRDS20        ED reporting time                        18.4.6.10,            M             Yes o   No o           10
                                                        18.4.8.4                                                   11
 HRDS21        minimum transmit power level             18.4.7.2              M             Yes o No o             12
 HRDS22        transmit spectral mask conformance       18.4.7.3              M             Yes o No o             13
 HRDS23        transmitted center frequency toler-      18.4.7.4              M             Yes o No o             14
               ance                                                                                                15
 HRDS24        chip clock frequency tolerance           18.4.7.5              M             Yes o   No o           16
 HRDS25        transmit power on ramp                   18.4.7.6              M             Yes o   No o           17
 HRDS26        transmit power down ramp                 18.4.7.6              M             Yes o   No o           18
 HRDS27        RF carrier suppression                   18.4.7.7              M             Yes o   No o
                                                                                                                   19
 HRDS28        transmit modulation accuracy             18.4.7.8              M             Yes o   No o
 HRDS29        receiver minimum input level sensi-      18.4.8.1              M             Yes o   No o           20
                                                                                                                   21
               tivity
 HRDS30        receiver maximum input level             18.4.8.2              M             Yes o No o             22
 HRDS31        receiver adjacent channel rejection      18.4.8.3              M             Yes o No o             23
 HRDS32        Management Information Base              13.1, 18.3.2,         M             Yes o No o             24
                                                        Annex C                                                    25
 HRDS32.1      PHY Object Class                         13.1, 18.3.3,         M             Yes o No o             26
                                                                                                                   27
                                                                                                                   28
                                                                                                                   29
Annex C: Formal Description of MAC Operation (Normative)                                                           30
                                                                                                                   31
For the HR/DSSS PHY, replace the use of aMPDUDurationFactor, aPreambleLength, and aPLCPHead-                       32
erLength with the use of PLME-TXTIME.request and PLME-TXTIME.confirm primitives in the formal                      33
description, updating the following diagrams:                                                                      34
                                                                                                                   35
                                                                                                                   36
                                                                                                                   37
                                                                                                                   38
                                                                                                                   39
                                                                                                                   40
                                                                                                                   41
                                                                                                                   42
                                                                                                                   43
                                                                                                                   44
                                                                                                                   45
                                                                                                                   46
                                                                                                                   47
                                                                                                                   48
                                                                                                                   49
                                                                                                                   50
                                                                                                                   51
                                                                                                                   52
                                                                                                                   53
                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                   55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
66                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                              IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                           P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                     1
                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                     5
           Package macsorts                                                                 3127_e\PHY_Params(31)    6
                                                                                                                     7
                               /*******************************************************************                  8
                                *      Generic PHY parameter set sort                                                9
                                *******************************************************************/
                               /* Generic PHY parameter element for signals related to Beacons */                    10
                               /* and Probe Responses that are PHY-type independent. */                              11
                               syntype PhyParms = Octetstring endsyntype PhyParms;                                   12
                                                                                                                     13
                               NEWTYPE PhyChrstcs struct                                                             14
                                aSlotTime Usec;
                                aSifsTime Usec;
                                                                                                                     15
                                aCCATime Usec;                                                                       16
                                aRxTxTurnaroundTime Usec;                                                            17
                                aTxPLCPDelay Usec;
                                aRxPLCPDelay Usec;                                                                   18
                                aRxTxSwitchTime Usec;                                                                19
                                aTxRampOnTime Usec;                                                                  20
                                aTxRampOffTime Usec;
                                aTxRFDelay Usec;                                                                     21
                                aRxRFDelay Usec;                                                                     22
                                aAirPropagationTime Usec;                                                            23
                                aMACProcessingDelay Usec;
                                aPreambleLength Usec;                                                                24
                                aPLCPHeaderLength Usec;                                                              25
                                aMPDUMaxLength Integer;
                                aCWmin Integer;
                                                                                                                     26
                                aCWmax Integer;                                                                      27
                               EndNewType PhyChrstcs;                                                                28
                                                                                                                     29
                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                                     31
                                                                                                                     32
                                                                                                                     33
                                                                                                                     34
                                                                                                                     35
                                                                                                                     36
                                                                                                                     37
                                                                                                                     38
                                                                                                                     39
                                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                     41
                                                                                                                     42
                                                                                                                     43
                                                                                                                     44
                                                                                                                     45
                                                                                                                     46
                                                                                                                     47
                                                                                                                     48
                                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                     50
                                                                                                                     51
                                                                                                                     52
                                                                                                                     53
                                                                                                                     54
                                                                                                                     55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
67                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                            IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                         P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                                   2
     use macsorts ;                                                                                                                3
                                                                                                                                   4
                                                                                                                                   5
     Package macmib                                                                                                                6
                                                                                                        3204_e\PhyOperation(5)
                                                                                                                                   7
                                                                                                                                   8
                                                                                                                                   9
                                                                                                                                   10
                                                                                                                                   11
          /*******************************************************************                                                     12
           *      PhyOperation Table
           *      (values shown are mostly for FH PHY)                                                                             13
           *******************************************************************/                                                    14
          synonym FHphy Integer = 01; /* enumerated dot11PHYType value */
          synonym DSphy Integer = 02; /* enumerated dot11PHYType value */
                                                                                                                                   15
          synonym IRPhy Integer = 03; /* enumerated dot11PHYType value */                                                          16
          synonym dot11PHYType Integer = FHphy;                                                                                    17
          remote dot11CurrentRegDomain Integer nodelay;
          synonym dot11TempType Integer = 01;                                                                                      18
                                                                                                                                   19
          /******************************************************************************************                              20
          * PhyCharacteristic Parameters (values shown are mostly for FH PHY )
          **************************************************************************************/                                  21
          /* NOTE: The PhyCharacteristics are defined as synonyms because                                                          22
             their values are static during MAC operation. It is assumed                                                           23
             that , during each initialization of MAC operation, current
             values for each of these parameters are obtained from the                                                             24
             PHY using the PlmeCharacteristics primitive. */                                                                       25
          remote procedure TxTime; returns Integer;
          synonym aSlotTime Usec = (aCcaTime + aRxTxTurnaroundTime +
                                                                                                                                   26
              aAirPropagationTime + aMacProcessingTime);                                                                           27
          synonym aCcaTime Usec = 27;                                                                                              28
          synonym aRxTxTurnaroundTime Usec = (aTxPlcpDelay + aRxTxSwitchTime +
              aTxRampOnTime + aTxRfDelay);                                                                                         29
          synonym aTxPlcpDelay Usec = 1;                                                                                           30
          synonym aRxTxSwitchTime Usec = 10;                                                                                       31
          synonym aTxRampOnTime Usec = 8;
          synonym aTxRfDelay Usec = 1;                                                                                             32
          synonym aSifsTime Usec = (aRxRfDelay + aRxPlcpDelay +                                                                    33
              aMacProcessingTime + aRxTxTurnaroundTime);                                                                           34
          synonym aRxRfDelay Usec = 4;
          synonym aRxPlcpDelay Usec = 2;                                                                                           35
          synonym aMacProcessingTime Usec = 2;                                                                                     36
          synonym aTxRampOffTime Usec = 8;
          synonym aPreambleLength Usec = 96;                                                                                       37
          synonym aPlcpHeaderLength Usec = 32;                                                                                     38
          synonym aMpduMaxLength Integer = 4095;                                                                                   39
          synonym aAirPropagationTime Usec = 1;
          synonym aCWmax Integer = 1023;                                                                                           40
          synonym aCWmin Integer = 15;                                                                                             41
                                                                                                                                   42
                                                                                                                                   43
                                                                                                                                   44
                                                                                                                                   45
                                                                                                                                   46
                                                                                                                                   47
                                                                                                                                   48
                                                                                                                                   49
                                                                                                                                   50
                                                                                                                                   51
                                                                                                                                   52
                                                                                                                                   53
                                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                                   55

                                          Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
68                             This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                     IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                  P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                            1
                                                                                                                            2
     Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                   ap_tx_idle_2.1a(9)
                                                                                                                            3
                                                         chk_
                                                                                                                            4
                                                         data                                                               5
                                                                                                                            6
                                                                                                                            7
                  AP responds
                  to PsPoll after
                                                       'respond                                                             8
                                                      with data?'
                  Sifs with Ack                                       (true)                                                9
                  or data. Basis                     (false)                                                                10
                  for choice of
                  response is                                                                                               11
                  unspecified.                                                                                              12
                                                                                                                            13
                                                                                 PsPoll_                                    14
                                                                                  _Sifs
                                                                                                                            15
                                                                                                                            16
                                                                                 Pdu_                                       17
                                                               Tifs              Request               *                    18
                                                                                 (fsdu)
                                                                                                                            19
                                                                                                                            20
                                       rspdu:=
                                    mkCtl(ack,O2,
                                                                                  addr2          addr1(fsdu!pdus(1))        21
                                                                                 (rpdu)=
                                     addr2(rpdu))                     (false)                                               22
                                                                                        (true)                              23
                                                        PduRe_                                                              24
                                    TxRequest                                   Sifs_Data_
                                                        quest(fsdu)                                                         25
                                    (rspdu,rxrate)                              _Response
                                                        to self
                                                                                                                            26
                                                                                                                            27
                                         tx_                      -              Tifs                  *                    28
                                         wait                                                                               29
                                                                                                                            30
                                                                                                                            31
                                                                                   txc_
                                                                                    req                                     32
                                                                                                                            33
                                                                                                                            34
                                                                                                                            35
                                                                                                                            36
                                                                                                                            37
                                                                                                                            38
                                                                                                                            39
                                                                                                                            40
                                                                                                                            41
                                                                                                                            42
                                                                                                                            43
                                                                                                                            44
                                                                                                                            45
                                                                                                                            46
                                                                                                                            47
                                                                                                                            48
                                                                                                                            49
                                                                                                                            50
                                                                                                                            51
                                                                                                                            52
                                                                                                                            53
                                                                                                                            54
                                                                                                                            55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
69                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                          IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                       P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                 4
                                                                                                                 5
                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                 7
                                                                                                                 8
                                                                                                                 9
                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                 11
                                                                                                                 12
                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                 15
                                                                                                                 16
                                                                                                                 17
                                                                                                                 18
                                                                                                                 19
                                                                                                                 20
                                                                                                                 21
                                                                                                                 22
                                                                                                                 23
                                                                                                                 24
                                                                                                                 25
                                                                                                                 26
                                                                                                                 27
                                                                                                                 28
                                                                                                                 29
                                                                                                                 30
                                                                                                                 31
                                                                                                                 32
                                                                                                                 33
                                                                                                                 34
                                                                                                                 35
                                                                                                                 36
                                                                                                                 37
                                                                                                                 38
                                                                                                                 39
                                                                                                                 40
                                                                                                                 41
                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                 43
                                                                                                                 44
                                                                                                                 45
                                                                                                                 46
                                                                                                                 47
                                                                                                                 48
                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                 55

                                 Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
70                    This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                         3
                                                                                                                         4
                                                                                                                         5
     Package macsorts                                                             3125_e\RateAndDurationSorts(31)        6
                                                                                                                         7
                        /*******************************************************************                             8
                         *      Multi-rate support sorts                                                                 9
                         *******************************************************************/
                        newtype Rate inherits Octet operators all;                                                       10
                          adding operators                                                                               11
                           calcDur : Rate, Integer -> Integer; /* converts (rate,bitCount) to integer usec */
                           rateVal : Rate -> Rate; /* clears high-order bit */
                                                                                                                         12
                           basicRate : Rate -> Rate; /* sets high-order bit */                                           13
                           isBasic : Rate -> Boolean; /* true if high-order bit set */                                   14
                          axioms
                           for all r in Rate( for all i in Integer( for all b in Boolean(                                15
                                calcDur(r, i) == ((((10000000 + (octetVal(r and 0x7F) - 1)) /                            16
                                   (500 * octetVal(r and 0x7F))) * i) + 9999) / 10000;                                   17
                               rateVal(r) == r and 0x7F;           basicRate(r) == r or 0x80;
                               isBasic(r) == (r and 0x80) = 0x80; )));                                                   18
                        endnewtype Rate;                                                                                 19
                        syntype RateString = Octetstring endsyntype RateString;                                          20
                                                                                                                         21
                                                                                                                         22
                                                                                                                         23
                                                                                                                         24
                                                                                                                         25
                                                                                                                         26
                                                                                                                         27
                                                                                                                         28
                                                                                                                         29
                                                                                                                         30
                                                                                                                         31
                                                                                                                         32
                                                                                                                         33
                                                                                                                         34
                                                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                         36
                                                                                                                         37
                                                                                                                         38
                                                                                                                         39
                                                                                                                         40
                                                                                                                         41
                                                                                                                         42
                                                                                                                         43
                                                                                                                         44
                                                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                         47
                                                                                                                         48
                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                         55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
71                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                          IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                       P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                 4
                                                                                                                 5
                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                 7
                                                                                                                 8
                                                                                                                 9
                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                 11
                                                                                                                 12
                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                 15
                                                                                                                 16
                                                                                                                 17
                                                                                                                 18
                                                                                                                 19
                                                                                                                 20
                                                                                                                 21
                                                                                                                 22
                                                                                                                 23
                                                                                                                 24
                                                                                                                 25
                                                                                                                 26
                                                                                                                 27
                                                                                                                 28
                                                                                                                 29
                                                                                                                 30
                                                                                                                 31
                                                                                                                 32
                                                                                                                 33
                                                                                                                 34
                                                                                                                 35
                                                                                                                 36
                                                                                                                 37
                                                                                                                 38
                                                                                                                 39
                                                                                                                 40
                                                                                                                 41
                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                 43
                                                                                                                 44
                                                                                                                 45
                                                                                                                 46
                                                                                                                 47
                                                                                                                 48
                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                 55

                                 Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
72                    This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                       IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                    P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                              1
                                                                                                                              2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP
                                                                                                        ap_tx_idle_2.1a(9)    3
                                                                                                                              4
                                                           chk_                                                               5
                                                           data
                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                              7
                    AP responds                          'respond                                                             8
                    to PsPoll after                                                                                           9
                                                        with data?'
                    Sifs with Ack                                       (true)
                    or data. Basis                     (false)                                                                10
                    for choice of                                                                                             11
                    response is
                    unspecified.
                                                                                                                              12
                                                                                                                              13
                                                                                   PsPoll_                                    14
                                                                                    _Sifs                                     15
                                                                                                                              16
                                                                                                                              17
                                                                                   Pdu_
                                                                 Tifs              Request                    *               18
                                                                                   (fsdu)                                     19
                                                                                                                              20
                                        rspdu:=                                     addr2                                     21
                                      mkCtl(ack,O2,                                                     addr1(fsdu!pdus(1))
                                                                                   (rpdu)=                                    22
                                      addr2(rpdu))                      (false)
                                                                                          (true)                              23
                                                                                                                              24
                                                          PduRe_
                                      TxRequest                                   Sifs_Data_                                  25
                                                          quest(fsdu)
                                      (rspdu,rxrate)                              _Response
                                                          to self                                                             26
                                                                                                                              27
                                                                                                                              28
                                           tx_                      -              Tifs                       *
                                           wait                                                                               29
                                                                                                                              30
                                                                                                                              31
                                                                                     txc_                                     32
                                                                                      req                                     33
                                                                                                                              34
                                                                                                                              35
                                                                                                                              36
                                                                                                                              37
                                                                                                                              38
                                                                                                                              39
                                                                                                                              40
                                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                                              42
                                                                                                                              43
                                                                                                                              44
                                                                                                                              45
                                                                                                                              46
                                                                                                                              47
                                                                                                                              48
                                                                                                                              49
                                                                                                                              50
                                                                                                                              51
                                                                                                                              52
                                                                                                                              53
                                                                                                                              54
                                                                                                                              55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
73                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                 IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                              P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                             1
                                                                                                                             2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                             ap_tx_dcf_3.1e(9)    3
                                                                                                                             4
                                                                                                                             5
                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                                                             7
                                                                    cnfrm_                                                   8
         Wait_Cts
                                                                     pdu                                                     9
                                                                                                                             10
                                                                                                                             11
      Cts                                                           slrc:=0,        fsdu!lrc:=0,
      (endRx,                 Trsp                *                                                                          12
                                                                    ssrc:=0,        fsdu!src:=0
      txrate)                                                                                                                13
                                                                                                                             14
                                                                    cTfrg:=         If (fsdu!grpa)                           15
            reset          cNcts:=                                inc(cTfrg),       then inc(cTmcfrm)                        16
           (Trsp)         inc(cNcts)
                                                                  cTmcfrm:=         else cTmcfrm fi
                                                                                                                             17
                                                                                                                             18
          ssrc:=0,                                                 fsdu!fTot=                                                19
                         export(cNcts)
        fsdu!src:=0                                               fsdu!fCur+1
                                                                                              (false)                        20
                                                            (true)                                                           21
                                                                                                                             22
          cCts:=               cts_                                  cTfrm:=           fsdu!eol
         inc(cCts)             fail                                inc(cTfrm)           < now                                23
                                                                                                                   (false)   24
                                                                                              (true)
                                                                                                                             25
                                                                    PduConfirm         PduConfirm
        export(cCts)                                                (fsdu,             (fsdu,
                                                                                                             fsdu!fCur:=     26
                                                                                                             fsdu!fCur+1     27
                                                                    success)           txLife)
                                                                                                                             28
        set(endRx                                                                                                            29
                                                                                      TxC_Idle                  send_
       +dSifsDelay,                                                                                              frag        30
           Tifs)                                                                                                             31
                                                                                                                             32
          tpdu:=        (aSifsTime + ackctstime         (false)
                                                                    import          and (ftype(tpdu)=beacon)
                                                                                                                             33
         setDurId        + if (fsdu!fTot = (fsdu!                   (mCfp)
           (tpdu,        fCur+1)) then 0 else                                                                                34
                         ((2*aSifsTime)+ ackctstime +                                                                        35
                          frametime ) fi ))                                (true)
                                                                                                                             36
        Wait_Cts_                                                  set(now+         aSlotTime, Trsp)
                                                                  dSifsDelay+
                                                                                                                             37
          _Sifs
                                                                                                                             38
                                                                                                                             39
                                                                                                                             40
          Tifs                                                     TxC_Cfp
                                                                                                                             41
                                                                                                                             42
                                                                                                                             43
          send_                                              Backoff                                                         44
          txReq                                              (ccw,-1)
                                                                                                                             45
                                                                                                                             46
                                                                                                                             47
             *                                                    TxC_Backoff
                                                                                                                             48
                                                                                                                             49
                                                                                                                             50
                                                                                                                             51
                                                                                                                             52
                                                                                                                             53
                                                                                                                             54
                                                                                                                             55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
74                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                       IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                    P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                3
                                                                                                                                4
                                                                                                                                5
                                      RSDU                               TPDU                                                   6
                                                                                                                                7
      Block Protocol_Control_AP          MsduIndicate                       PduConfirm,                   ap_CTL_1d(1)          8
                                                                            PsPolled
                                                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                                10
                                                                                                                                11
                                                                                                                                12
        signal                                                                         /* This block performs the               13
         Ack(Time,Rate),                                                               DCF functions, as well as
         CfRsp(Time,Rate),                                                             serving as Point Coordinator             14
         Cts(Time,Rate),                                                               if the AP provides a PCF.                15
         PsPoll(Frame,Time,Rate),                                                      Tx_Coord_AP includes the
         TxCfAck(Time,Rate) ;                                                          PC, RTS generation and                   16
                                                                                       (non-Ack) PS-Poll response.              17
                                                                                       Rx_Coord_AP generates
                                                                                       acknowledgements, routes                 18
                                                                                       management frames to MLME,
                                         Tdat                               Rdat
                                                                                       routes data frames to MAC
                                                                                                                                19
                                                                                       Data Service, and signals                20
                                                                                       Ack, Cts, and PS-Poll frames
                                                 Includes point                        to Tx_Coord_AP. */
                                                                                                                                21
                                                 coordinator                                                                    22
                                                 for use with
                                                 optional PCF.                                                                  23
                                                                                                                                24
                                                                                                                                25
                         PduRequest               MmCancel,                                                                     26
                                                  SwChnl,
                                                  Tbtt                                                   SwDone,                27
                                                                                              Tmgt       MmIndicate
             BkDone,       Tx_Coordination_                                                                              MCTL   28
             TxConfirm     _AP
                           (1,1)
                                                                                                                                29
                            /* AP version */                                                                                    30
                                                                                                                                31
                                                 Ack,                                                                           32
                             PlmeGet_            CfRsp,                                      BcMgt
                             .confirm,           Cts,                                                    MmIndicate,            33
                             PlmeSet_            PsPoll,                                                 SsInquiry
                     TxO     .confirm,           TxCfAck
                                                                                                                                34
                             Plme_                                                                                              35
                             Reset_
                             .confirm,                                                                                          36
      Backoff,                                                                               SsResponse
      Cancel,           Pctl
                             PlmeTxTime_                                                                                        37
      TxRequest              .confirm
                                               Rctl   TxRx                                                                      38
                                                                         Rx_Coordination                                        39
                                                                         (1,1)                                                  40
                                                      Trsp               /*for STA & AP */
 TX                                                                                                                             41
                              PlmeGet_
      TxRequest               .request,                    TxConfirm                                                            42
                              PlmeSet_
                              .request,
                                                                                     RxIndicate,                                43
                                                                                     NeedAck,
                              PlmeReset_
                                                                                     RxCfAck                                    44
                              .request,
                              PlmeTxTime_                                                                                       45
                                                                                     RxI
                              .request                                                                                          46
                                                             ChangeNav
                                                                                                                                47
                     MLME_PLME_SAP                                              RX                                              48
                                                                                                                                49
                                                                                                                                50
                                                                                                                                51
                                                                                                                                52
                                                                                                                                53
                                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                                55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
75                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                      IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                   P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                    1
                                                                                                                                    2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                                ap_tx_dcf_3e(9)
                                                                                                                                    3
                                                                                                                                    4
                           send_                                                          send_                                     5
                            rts                                                           mpdu
                                                                                                                                    6
                                                                                                                                    7
                         Wait_Rts_                                                     Wait_Mpdu_                                   8
                         _Backoff                                                       _Backoff                                    9
                                                                                                                                    10
                                                                                                                                    11
     BkDone(                                                                          BkDone(                                       12
                              *                                                                                      *
     bstat)                                                                           bstat)
                                                                                                                                    13
                                                                                                                                    14
                                                                                                                                    15
        bstat=-2                                                 send_                   bstat=-2
                                                                 txReq                                                              16
                                  (false)                                                                                 (false)
             (true)                                                                              (true)                             17
                                                                                                                                    18
      mFxIP:=true,
         cTfrg:=
                       Backoff(                                                       TxRequest                Backoff(             19
                       ccw,-1)                                                        (tpdu,txrate)            ccw,-1)
       inc(cTfrg)                                                                                                                   20
                                                                                                                                    21
         export                                                                                                                     22
        (mFxIP,         TxC_Backoff                                                      fsdu!grpa              TxC_Backoff         23
         cTfrg)                                                              (true)
                                                                                                 (false)
                                                                                                                                    24
                                                                                                                                    25
     TxRequest                                 end_                                     Wait_Pdu_                                   26
     (rtsdu,txrate)                             fx                                       _Sent                                      27
                                                                                                                                    28
                                                                                                                                    29
       Wait_Rts_                            mFxIP:=false                              TxConfirm                      *
        _Sent                                                                                                                       30
                                                                                                                                    31
                                                                                                                                    32
                                                             Ack signal is            set(now+dUsec            ackctstime           33
                                               export
     TxConfirm                *                              generated                 (aSifsTime +            +aSlotTime)),
                                              (mFxIP)                                                                               34
                                                             when Ack,                calcDur(txrate,           Trsp)
                                                             CfAck, or                                                              35
                                                             Data+CfAck                                                             36
     set(now+dUsec     ackctstime +                          received.
                                              ccw:=
      (aSifsTime +     aSlotTime)),                                                     Wait_Ack                                    37
                                             aCWmin
     calcDur(txrate,   Trsp)                                                                                                        38
                                                                                                                                    39
                                                             Ack                                                                    40
        Wait_Cts                              cnfrm_                                         *                    Trsp
                                                             (endRx,
                                               pdu
                                                             txrate)
                                                                                                                                    41
                                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                                    43
                                                                  end_                                             cNack:=          44
                                                                   fx                                            inc(cNack)
                                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                                    46
                                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                               export(cNack)
                                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    ack_            51
                                                                                                                     fail
                                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                                    55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
76                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                       IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                    P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                              1
                                                                                                                              2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                              ap_tx_idle_2.1a(9)
                                                                                                                              3
                                                                                                                              4
                                                           chk_                                                               5
                                                           data
                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                              7
                    AP responds                          'respond                                                             8
                    to PsPoll after                                                                                           9
                                                        with data?'
                    Sifs with Ack                                       (true)
                    or data. Basis                     (false)                                                                10
                    for choice of                                                                                             11
                    response is
                    unspecified.
                                                                                                                              12
                                                                                                                              13
                                                                                   PsPoll_                                    14
                                                                                    _Sifs                                     15
                                                                                                                              16
                                                                                                                              17
                                                                                   Pdu_
                                                                 Tifs              Request                    *               18
                                                                                   (fsdu)                                     19
                                                                                                                              20
                                        rspdu:=                                     addr2                                     21
                                      mkCtl(ack,O2,                                                     addr1(fsdu!pdus(1))
                                                                                   (rpdu)=                                    22
                                      addr2(rpdu))                      (false)
                                                                                          (true)                              23
                                                                                                                              24
                                                          PduRe_
                                      TxRequest                                   Sifs_Data_                                  25
                                                          quest(fsdu)
                                      (rspdu,rxrate)                              _Response
                                                          to self                                                             26
                                                                                                                              27
                                                                                                                              28
                                           tx_                      -              Tifs                       *
                                           wait                                                                               29
                                                                                                                              30
                                                                                                                              31
                                                                                     txc_                                     32
                                                                                      req                                     33
                                                                                                                              34
                                                                                                                              35
                                                                                                                              36
                                                                                                                              37
                                                                                                                              38
                                                                                                                              39
                                                                                                                              40
                                                                                                                              41
                                                                                                                              42
                                                                                                                              43
                                                                                                                              44
                                                                                                                              45
                                                                                                                              46
                                                                                                                              47
                                                                                                                              48
                                                                                                                              49
                                                                                                                              50
                                                                                                                              51
                                                                                                                              52
                                                                                                                              53
                                                                                                                              54
                                                                                                                              55

                                   Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
77                      This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                          IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                       P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                                   2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                                     ap_tx_idle_2e(9)
                                                                                                                                   3
                                                                                                                                   4
                        Ack, Cfend, Cts, Wake                                                       These transitions are
                        and MmCancel ignored            TxC_Idle                                    only present at APs            5
                        in TxC_Idle state.                                                          with point coordinator.        6
                                                                                                                                   7
         Pdu_               Entry when                import          PsPoll                        TxCfAck                        8
         Request            station wakes                             (rpdu,                                                       9
                                                     (mCfp)                                         (endRx, )
         (fsdu)             up to transmit.                           endRx, rxrate)
                                                                                                                                   10
                                                                                                                                   11
                                                                          PsPolled                  tpdu:=       import(mBssId),
       not import(               txc_                                                                                              12
                                                    TxC_Cfp               (addr2(rpdu),            mkFrame(      import(mBssId),
        mBkIP)                    req
                                                                          AId(rpdu))                Cfack,         )               13
                                                                                                                                   14
           tpdu:=                                                       set(endRx                                                  15
                                                                                                     tx_
         fdsu!pdus                                                     +dSifsDelay,                                                16
                                                                                                     sifs
        (fsdu!fCur)                                                        Tifs)
                                                                                                                                   17
                                                                                                                                   18
                            Test if fsdu seq
         fsdu!eol            nmbr and tx
                                                                               chk_                                                19
                                                                               data
                            lifetime set.                                                                                          20
        else (=0)                                                                                                                  21
                            seqnum:= if seqnum=4095 then 0                                                                         22
        fsdu!sqf:=
         seqnum,            else seqnum+1 fi, fsdu!eol:=now +                                                                      23
                             import(dot11MaxTransmitMsduLifetime)
                                                                                                                                   24
                                                                                                                                   25
          tpdu:=                 tpdu:=                                                                                            26
                                                             send_
      setSeq(tpdu,             fdsu!pdus
                                                              frag                                                                 27
        fsdu!sqf)             (fsdu!fCur)
                                                                                                                                   28
         'txrate:=          See 9.6 for rules                                                                                      29
       selected tx          about selecting                                                                                        30
        data rate'          transmit data rate.                                                                                    31
                                                                                                                                   32
      TxTime(sAck_              See corresponding page of station                                                                  33
     CtsLng/8,txrate,           version for comments on use                           sCrcLng) > import(dot11RtsThreshold))
       ackctstime)              with FH & IR PHYs.                                    and (not fsdu!grpa) and ((fsdu!fCur=0)       34
                                                                                      or retry(tpdu) or fsdu!resume)               35
                                                                                      and (not import(mCfp))
      TxTime(length(
                                                                                                                                   36
        fsdu!pdus(          txrate, frametime)                                                                                     37
      fsdu!fCur+1)),                                                                                                               38
                                                                                                                                   39
          tpdu:=            (calcDur(txrate, aSifsTime +                                                                           40
                                                                                 ((length
      setDurId(tpdu,        ackctstime +
      (aSifsTime +          if (fsdu!fTot = (fsdu!fCur+1))
                                                                                 (tpdu) +                                          41
                            then 0                                   (false)              (true)                                   42
                            else ((2*aSifsTime) +                                                                                  43
     tpdu:=setPwrMgt        ackctstime + frametime )                       TxTime(length
       (tpdu,import(        fi) )))                                         (tpdu),txrate,                                         44
     dot11PowerMan_                                                          frametime2)                                           45
      agementMode))
                                                                                                                                   46
         Backoff(                                                                 rtsdu:=           (3*aSifsTime) +                47
                                                                                 mkctl(rts,
         0,0)                                                                                       ackctstime )                   48
                                                                               frametime2+
                                                                                                                                   49
                                                                                                                                   50
                                                             send_                send_                                            51
                                                             mpdu                  rts
                                                                                                                                   52
                                                                                                                                   53
                                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                                   55

                                           Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
78                              This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                                2
 Process Tx_Coordination_AP                                                                                      ap_tx_init_1e(9)
                                                                                                                                3
                                                                                                                                4
                                                                                                                                5
                                                                                                                                6
                                                                                                                                7
                                                       timer Tifs, Trsp ;                                                       8
                                         *
                                                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                                10
                                                                           dcl ackctstime, bstat, chan , frametime,
                                                                                                                                11
                                      ResetMAC           exported                                                               12
                                                                               frametime2 Integer ;
                                                         TxTime
                                                                           dcl ccw Integer:= aCwMin ;                           13
                                                                           dcl curPm Bit ;
                                                                           dcl doHop, psmChg, cont Boolean:= false ;            14
             PlmeReset._                                                   dcl dSifsDelay, endRx Time ;                         15
             Request                                                       dcl fsdu FragSdu ;                                   16
                                                                           dcl rtype Ftype ;
                                                                           dcl rxAid AssocId ;                                  17
                                                                           dcl rxrate Rate ;                                    18
              dSifsDelay:=                                                 dcl seqnum, ssrc, slrc, n Integer:= 0;
                                  aRxTxTurn_                                                                                    19
                 dUsec                                                     dcl tpdu, rpdu, rspdu Frame ;
                                  aroundTime)
              (aSifsTime -                                                 dcl txrate Rate ;                                    20
                                                                           dcl cont Boolean ;                                   21
               'mmrate:=          Mmrate must be                                                                                22
              rate to send        selected from                                                                                 23
                mmpdus'           mBrates. Other
                                  selection criteria                                                                            24
                                  are not specified.                                                                            25
                                                                           Imported dot11RtsThreshold,
                ssrc:= 0,                                                                                                       26
                                                                           dot11ShortRetryLimit,
                 slrc:= 0
                                                                           dot11LongRetryLimit,                                 27
                                                                           dot11FragmentationThreshold,                         28
                                                                           dot11MaxTransmitMsduLifetime Integer ;
                  ccw:=                                                                                                         29
                 import                                                                                                         30
               (aCWmin),
                                                                                                                                31
                                                                                                                                32
                                                                           /* RANDOM NUMBER FUNCTION */
             Backoff
                                                                           imported procedure Random ;
                                                                                                                                33
             (ccw,-1)
                                                                             fpar limit Integer ; returns Integer ;             34
                                                                                                                                35
                                                       dcl exported FxIP Boolean:= false ;                                      36
                TxC_Idle                               dcl cTfrg exported as                                                    37
                                                          dot11TransmittedFragmentCount,
                                                       cTfrm exported as
                                                                                                                                38
                                                          dot11TransmittedFrameCount,                                           39
                                                       cTmcfrm exported as                                                      40
                                                          dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount,
                                                        cFail exported as dot11FailedCount,                                     41
                                                        cRtry exported as dot11RetryCount,                                      42
                                                        cMrtry exported as dot11MultipleRetryCount,                             43
                                                        cCts exported as dot11RtsSuccessCount,
                                                        cNcts exported as dot11RtsFailureCount,                                 44
                                                        cNack exported as dot11AckFailureCount                                  45
                                                          Counter32:= 0 ;                                                       46
                                                                                                                                47
                                                                                                                                48
                                                                                                                                49
                                                                                                                                50
                                                                                                                                51
                                                                                                                                52
                                                                                                                                53
                                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                                55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
79                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                         2
     use macsorts ;                                                                                                      3
     use macmib ;
                                                                                                                         4
                                                                                                                         5
     System Access_Point                                                                              AP_signallists_3b(3)6
                                                                                                                         7
                                                                                                                         8
                                                                                                                         9
                                                                                                                         10
                                                                                                                         11
      signallist                            signallist                             signallist
      MlmeRequestSignals=                   MlmeConfirmSignals=                    MlmeIndicationSignals=                12
        MlmeAssociate.request,                MlmeAssociate.confirm,                 MlmeAuthenticate.indication,        13
        MlmeAuthenticate.request,             MlmeAuthenticate.confirm,              MlmeDeauthenticate.indication,      14
        MlmeDeauthenticate.request,           MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm,            MlmeDisassociate.indication,
        MlmeDisassociate.request,             MlmeDisassociate.confirm,              MlmeAssociate.indication,           15
        MlmeGet.request,                      MlmeGet.confirm,                       MlmeReassociate.indication ;        16
        MlmeJoin.request,                     MlmeJoin.confirm,
        MlmePowermgt.request,                 MlmePowermgt.confirm,
                                                                                                                         17
        MlmeReassociate.request,              MlmeReassociate.confirm,                                                   18
        MlmeReset.request,                    MlmeReset.confirm,                                                         19
        MlmeScan.request,                     MlmeScan.confirm,
        MlmeSet.request,                      MlmeSet.confirm,                                                           20
        MlmeStart.request ;                   MlmeStart.confirm ;                                                        21
                                                                                                                         22
      signallist                            signallist                             signallist
                                                                                                                         23
      SmtRequestSignals=                    SmtConfirmSignals=                     SmtIndicationSignals=                 24
        MlmeAssociate.request,                MlmeAssociate.confirm,                 MlmeAuthenticate.indication,        25
        MlmeAuthenticate.request,             MlmeAuthenticate.confirm,              MlmeDeauthenticate.indication,
        MlmeDeauthenticate.request,           MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm,            MlmeDisassociate.indication,        26
        MlmeDisassociate.request,             MlmeDisassociate.confirm,              MlmeAssociate.indication,           27
        MlmeJoin.request,                     MlmeJoin.confirm,                      MlmeReassociate.indication ;        28
        MlmeReassociate.request,              MlmeReassociate.confirm,
        MlmeScan.request,                     MlmeScan.confirm,                                                          29
        MlmeStart.request ;                   MlmeStart.confirm ;                                                        30
                                                                                                                         31
                                                                                                                         32
      signallist                            signallist                             signallist                            33
      PhyTxRequestSignals=                  PhyTxConfirmSignals=                   PhyRxSignals=
        PhyTxStart.request,                   PhyTxStart.confirm,                    PhyRxStart.indication,              34
        PhyTxEnd.request,                     PhyTxEnd.confirm,                      PhyRxEnd.indication,                35
        PhyData.request ;                     PhyData.confirm ;                      PhyData.indication,                 36
                                                                                     PhyCca.indication,
                                                                                     PhyCcarst.confirm ;                 37
                                                                                                                         38
      signallist                            signallist                                                                   39
      PlmeRequestSignals=                   PlmeConfirmSignals=
        PlmeCharacteristics.request,          PlmeCharacteristics.confirm,                                               40
        PlmeGet.request,                      PlmeGet.confirm,                                                           41
        PlmeSet.request,                      PlmeSet.confirm,
        PlmeReset.request,                    PlmeReset.confirm,
                                                                                                                         42
        PlmeTxTime.request ;                  PlmeTxTime.confirm ;                                                       43
                                                                                                                         44
                                                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                         47
                                                                                                                         48
                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                         55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
80                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                        1
                                                                                                                        2
     use macsorts ;                                                                                                     3
     use macmib ;
                                                                                                                        4
                                                                                                                        5
     System Access_Point                                                                                                6
                                                                                                           AP_signals_2d(3)
                                                                                                                        7
                      newtype DsStatus literals                         signal                                          8
                       assoc, disassoc, reassoc, unknown                 MmCancel,                                      9
                      endnewtype DsStatus ;                              MmConfirm(Frame,TxStatus),
                                                                         MmIndicate(Frame,Time,Time,StateErr),          10
                                                                         MmRequest(Frame,Imed,Rate),                    11
       signal                                                            MsduConfirm(Frame,CfPriority,TxStatus),
        AsChange(Frame,DsStatus),                                        MsduIndicate(Frame,CfPriority),
                                                                                                                        12
        Backoff(Integer,Integer),                                        MsduRequest(Frame,CfPriority),                 13
        BkDone(Integer),                                                 NeedAck(MacAddr,Time,Duration,Rate),           14
        Busy,                                                            PduConfirm(FragSdu,TxResult),
        Cancel,                                                          PduRequest(FragSdu),                           15
        ChangeNav(Time,Duration,NavSrc),                                 PhyCca.indication(Ccastatus),                  16
        DsInquiry(MacAddr,MacAddr),                                      PhyCcarst.confirm,
        DsNotify(MacAddr,DsStatus),
                                                                                                                        17
                                                                         PhyCcarst.request,
        DsResponse(MacAddr,MacAddr,DsStatus),                            PhyData.confirm,                               18
        FromDsm(MacAddr,MacAddr,Octetstring),                            PhyData.indication(Octet),                     19
        Idle,                                                            PhyData.request(Octet),
        MaUnitdata.indication(MacAddr,MacAddr,                                                                          20
                                                                         PhyRxEnd.indication(PhyRxStat),
          Routing,Octetstring,RxStatus,                                  PhyRxStart.indication(Integer,Rate),           21
          CfPriority,ServiceClass),                                      PhyTxEnd.confirm,                              22
        MaUnitdata.request(MacAddr,MacAddr,                              PhyTxEnd.request,
          Routing,Octetstring,CfPriority,ServiceClass),                  PhyTxStart.confirm,
                                                                                                                        23
        MaUnitdataStatus.indication(MacAddr,                             PhyTxStart.request(Integer,Rate),              24
          MacAddr,TxStatus,CfPriority,ServiceClass),                     PlmeCharacteristics.confirm(PhyChrstcs),       25
        MlmeAssociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),                               PlmeCharacteristics.request,
        MlmeAssociate.indication(MacAddr),                               PlmeGet.confirm(MibStatus,                     26
        MlmeAssociate.request(MacAddr,Kusec,Capability,Integer),           MibAtrib,MibValue),                          27
        MlmeAuthenticate.confirm                                         PlmeGet.request(MibAtrib),
          (MacAddr,AuthType,MlmeStatus),
                                                                                                                        28
                                                                         PlmeReset.confirm(Boolean),
        MlmeAuthenticate.indication(MacAddr,AuthType),                   PlmeReset.request,                             29
        MlmeAuthenticate.request(MacAddr,AuthType,Kusec),                PlmeSet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib),           30
        MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm(MacAddr,MlmeStatus),                  PlmeSet.request(MibAtrib,MibValue),
        MlmeDeauthenticate.indication(MacAddr,ReasonCode),                                                              31
                                                                         PlmeTxTime.confirm(Integer),
        MlmeDeauthenticate.request(MacAddr,ReasonCode),                  PlmeTxTime.request(Integer, Rate),             32
        MlmeDisassociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),                            PsmDone,                                       33
        MlmeDisassociate.indication(MacAddr,ReasonCode),                 PsPolled(MacAddr,AsocId),
        MlmeDisassociate.request(MacAddr,ReasonCode),                    PsChange(MacAddr,PsMode),
                                                                                                                        34
        MlmeGet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib,MibValue),                    PsIndicate(MacAddr,PsMode),                    35
        MlmeGet.request(MibAtrib),                                       PsInquiry(MacAddr),                            36
        MlmeJoin.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                    PsResponse(MacAddr,PsMode),
        MlmeJoin.request(BssDscr,Integer,Usec,Ratestring),               ResetMAC,                                      37
        MlmePowermgt.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                RxCfAck(MacAddr),                              38
        MlmePowermgt.request(PwrSave,Boolean,Boolean),                   RxIndicate(Frame,Time,Time,Rate),
        MlmeReassociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),
                                                                                                                        39
                                                                         Slot,
        MlmeReassociate.indication(MacAddr),                             SsInquiry(MacAddr),                            40
        MlmeReassociate.request(MacAddr,Kusec,Capability,Integer),       SsResponse(MacAddr,                            41
        MlmeReset.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                     StationState,StationState),
        MlmeReset.request,                                                                                              42
                                                                         SwChnl(Integer,Boolean),
        MlmeScan.confirm(BssDscrSet,MlmeStatus),                         SwDone,                                        43
        MlmeScan.request(BssTypeSet,MacAddr,Octetstring,                 ToDsm(MacAddr,MacAddr,Octetstring),            44
          ScanType,Usec,Intstring,Kusec,Kusec),                          TxConfirm,
        MlmeSet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib),                             TxRequest(Frame,Rate) ;
                                                                                                                        45
        MlmeSet.request(MibAtrib,MibValue),                                                                             46
        MlmeStart.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                                                                  47
        MlmeStart.request(Octetstring,BssType,Kusec,
          Integer,CfParms,PhyParms,IbssParms,Usec,                                                                      48
          Capability,Ratestring,Ratestring) ;                                                                           49
                                                                                                                        50
                                                                                                                        51
                                                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                        53
                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                        55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
81                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                           IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                        P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                                   2
 Process Filter_MPDU                                                                                            pre_filter_1c(4)
                                                                                                                                   3
                                                                                                                                   4
                                                                  dcl exported cDup as dot11FrameDuplicateCount,
                                                                    cMc as dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount,                       5
                                                                    cRx as dot11ReceivedFragmentCount Counter32:= 0 ;              6
                                                                                                                                   7
                              TxTime(                                            imported mBrates Ratestring,                      8
                          sAckCtsLng/8,         mBrates)),ackctstime)             mBssid MacAddr,                                  9
                           first(import(                                          mCfp Boolean,
                                                                                  dot11GroupAddresses MacAddrSet,                  10
                                                                                  mIbss Boolean,                                   11
                          dPsp:=dUsec(          Duration of                       mSsid Octetstring,
                         aSifsTime+calc_        PS-Poll and                       aStationId MacAddr ;                             12
                         Dur(ackctstime))       Ack response.                    imported procedure Txtime; returns Integer;       13
                                                                                                                                   14
                             cache:=            Initialize tuple cache                     dcl   ackctstime Integer;               15
                           clearTuple_          for duplicate filtering.                   dcl   cache TupleCache ;                16
                          Cache(cache)          Cache capacity is set                      dcl   dup, myBss Boolean ;
                                                by "tupleCacheSize"                        dcl   dNav, dPsp, dAck Duration ;       17
                                                but a specific size                        dcl   endRx, strTs Time ;               18
                                                is not specified.                          dcl   pdu Frame ;                       19
                            Filter_Idle                                                    dcl   rxRate Rate ;
                                                                                           dcl   src NavSrc ;                      20
                                                                                           dcl   wDefault KeyVector ;              21
                                                                                           dcl   wExclude Boolean ;
                          RxMpdu                startTs,rxRate,                                                                    22
                                                                                           dcl   wKeyMap KeyMapArray ;
        ResetMac          (pdu,                 wExclude,wDefault,                                                                 23
                          endRx,                wKeyMap)
                                                                                                                                   24
                                                                                  /* This process filters valid received           25
                               dAck:=           (durID(pdu) > 32767)                frames by destination address, and
                                                                                    BssId for group destination addresses.
                                                                                                                                   26
                           if (moreFrag         then dUsec(durId(pdu))
                          (pdu) = 1) and        else 0 fi                           This process also maintains received           27
                                                                                    pdu counters and the tuple cache for           28
                                                                                    detecting duplicated unicast frames.
                                PsIndicate      Gather Power                                                                       29
                                (addr2(pdu),    management                            Data and management frames which             30
                                pwrmgt(pdu))    info from all                         need acknowledgement cause a                 31
                                                valid frames.                         NeedAck signal to Protocol_Control
                                                                                      as well as an RxMpdu to Defragment.          32
                          dNav:=dUsec                                                 Piggybacked CfAcks cause RxCfack             33
                           (durId(pdu)),                                              signals, and CfPolls cause RxCfpoll
                            src:= misc                                                                                             34
                                                                                      signals to Protocol_Control. If an
                                                                                      RxCfPoll is sent for a Data+CfPoll           35
                                                                                      or Data+CfPoll+CfAck, the NeedAck            36
                                                mActing_                              has to reach TxCoord during the Sifs.
                                import(
                                                                                      (The data frame report cannot serve
                                                                                                                                   37
                                                AsAp)
                (true)                                                                this purpose because the payload may         38
                                    (false)                                           be a non-final fragment.)                    39
         ap_                                                                          Duration and Cfp duration remaining          40
                            toDs(pdu)
         addr                                                                         are reported to Channel_State, and           41
                                                                                      power save mode is reported to Mlme. */      42
                                    (=1)                 (=0)
                                                                                                                                   43
     AP, check                                                        Non-AP,
                                                     sta_                                                                          44
     all frames, 2          durId(pdu)                                toDS=0 to
                                                     addr
     pages ahead.                                                     accept frame,                                                45
                         else       (1:32767)                         next page.
                                                                                                                                   46
                                SetNav                                                                                             47
                                (endRx,                                                                                            48
                                dNav, src)
                                                                                                                                   49
                                                                                                                                   50
                            Filter_Idle         Frames with toDs=1 ignored by non-APs,                                             51
                                                except Duration/Id field for Nav update.
                                                                                                                                   52
                                                                                                                                   53
                                                                                                                                   54
                                                                                                                                   55

                                           Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
82                              This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                     IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                  P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                               4
                                                                                                                               5
                                                                                                                               6
                                     RSDU                              TPDU                                                    7
                                                                                                                               8
     Block Protocol_Control_STA                                           AtimW,                          sta_CTL_1c(1)
                                                                          PduConfirm,                                          9
                                                                          CfPolled                                             10
                                        MsduIndicate
                                                                                                                               11
                                                                                                                               12
                                                                                                                               13
       signal                                                                        /* This block performs the
        Ack(Time,Rate),                                                              DCF functions, as well as                 14
        Cfend,                                                                       CF-responder functions if                 15
        Cfpoll(Time,Rate),                                                           the station is CF-pollable.
        Cts(Time,Rate),                                                              Tx_Coordination includes                  16
        TxCfAck(Time,Rate) ;                                                         RTS and ATIM generation.                  17
                                                                                     Rx_Coordination generates
                                                                                     acknowledgements, routes                  18
                                                                                     data frames to MAC data                   19
                                                                                     service and management
                                        Tdat                              Rdat
                                                                                     frames to MLME, an                        20
                                                                                     indicates receipt of Ack,
                                                                                     Cts, and CF-Poll frames
                                                                                                                               21
                                                Includes the                         to Tx_Coordination. */                    22
                                                CF responder
                                                if station is
                                                                                                                               23
                                                Cf-pollable.                                                                   24
                                                                                                                               25
                                                 Doze,
                                                 MmCancel,                                                                     26
                        PduRequest               SwChnl,                                                                       27
                                                 Tbtt,                                                     PsmDone,
                                                 Wake                                          Tmgt        SwDone
                                                                                                                               28
           BkDone,                                                                                                        MCTL
           TxConfirm      Tx_Coordination_sta                                                                                  29
                          (1,1)                                                                                                30
                          /*station version*/
                                                                                                                               31
                                                                                                                               32
                                                Ack,
                               PlmeGet_         Cts,                                          BcMgt                            33
                               .confirm,        Cfend,                                                     MmIndicate,
                               PlmeSet_         Cfpoll,                                                    SsInquiry           34
                    TxO        .confirm,        TxCfAck                                                                        35
                               Plme_
                               Reset_                                                                                          36
     Backoff,                  .confirm,                                                  SsResponse                           37
                               PlmeTxTime_
     Cancel,
                               .confirm                                                                                        38
     TxRequest
                        Pctl                 Rctl   TxRx                                                                       39
                                                                       Rx_Coordination                                         40
                                                                       (1,1)
                                                    Trsp               /* for STA and AP */                                    41
TX
                                                                                                                               42
     TxRequest                                            TxConfirm
                               PlmeGet_                                                                                        43
                               .request,                                           RxIndicate,
                               PlmeSet_                                            NeedAck,                                    44
                               .request,                                           RxCfAck,                                    45
                               PlmeReset_                                          RxCfPoll
                               .request,
                                                                                                                               46
                                                                                   RxI
                               PlmeTxTime_                                                                                     47
                               .request
                                                           ChangeNav
                                                                                                                               48
                                                                                                                               49
                    MLME_PLME_SAP                                             RX                                               50
                                                                                                                               51
                                                                                                                               52
                                                                                                                               53
                                                                                                                               54
                                                                                                                               55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
83                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                   IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                        1
                                                                                                                                        2
 Process Tx_Coordination_sta                                                                           sta_tx_atim_5e(9)                3
                                                                                                                                        4
                                             Ack, CfPoll, Cts, Doze,
                              Atim_                                                      atim_                    atim_                 5
                                             MmCancel, Tbtt, TxCfAck
                             Window                                                        fail                     ack
                                             and Wake ignored in this state.                                                            6
                                                                                                                                        7
      not import             Pdu_            PM_Filter ensures that a                   PduConfirm               PduConfirm             8
                             Request         beacon frame will be the                   (fsdu,                   (fsdu,                 9
      (mAtimW)
                             (fsdu)          first first sent after Tbtt.               atimNak)                 atimAck)
                                                                                                                                        10
                                                         else                                                                           11
                                                  ftype                tpdu:=
     atimcw:=ccw,                                                                        atim_                 fsdu!fAnc:=              12
                                             (fsdu!pdus(1))           mkFrame
      ccw:=dcfcw                                                                          limit                fsdu!fCur+1
                                                                        (atim,                                                          13
                                                      (beacon)                                                                          14
                 (>=0)
                         Backoff                 n:= call                               PduConfirm                                      15
        dcfcnt                                                     Backoff
                         (ccw,                  Random                                  (fsdu,                                          16
                                                                   (ccw,-1)
                         dcfcnt)              (2*aCWmin)                                retryLimit)
               (<0)                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                                        18
                                                                                   fsdu!dst,
      cont:= false         cont:= true      Backoff                  Ibss_Wait_
                                                                                   dot11Mac_
                                                                                                                  Atim_                 19
                                            (n,-1)                      Atim                                    _Window
                                                                                   Address, )                                           20
                                                                                                                                        21
                                                                                                                                        22
                                               Ibss_Wait_             not import   BkDone
       TxC_Idle           TxC_Backoff                                                                                                   23
                                                _Beacon               (mAtimW)     (bstat)
                                                                                                                                        24
                                                                                                                                        25
                                                                                   TxRequest                                            26
           *             BkDone                  MmCancel           atimcw:=ccw,
                                                                                   (tpdu,
                         (bstat)                                     ccw:=dcfcw                                                         27
                                                                                   mmrate)
                                                                                                                                        28
                         TxRequest                                                                (true)                                29
                                            Cancel                     TxC_Idle          fsdu!                    atim_
                         (fsdu!pdus(1),                                                   grpa                      ack                 30
                         mmrate)                                                                                                        31
                                                                                               (false)
                                                                                                                                        32
                                                                                    dRsp:=dUsec(                                        33
                         Wait_Beacon_        Wait_Beacon_
                                                                                     aSifsTime +         txrate, ackctstime))
                          _Transmit            _Cancel                                                                                  34
                                                                                       calcDur(
                                                                                                                                        35
                                                                                           set
                                                                                                                                        36
           *             TxConfirm          BkDone(n)                       *        (now+dRsp,                                         37
                                                                                         Trsp)                                          38
                                                                                                                                        39
                             Atim_               Atim_               Wait_Atim_                                                         40
                            _Window             _Window                 Ack        import(dot11_                                        41
                                                                                   ShortRetry_               ssrc =
                                                                                                                                        42
                                                                                   Limit)
                                                                                                                   (true) (false)       43
                         Ack( , )                                       Trsp                                                            44
                                                                                                              ccw:=                     45
                                                                                                            aCwMin
                                                                                                                                        46
                             ccw:=           then aCWmax              ccw:= if                                                          47
                                             else (2*ccw)+1
                            aCWmin                                 ccw = aCWmax    import(dot11_                                        48
                                             fi                                                            fsdu!src =
                                                                                   ShortRetry_                                          49
                                                                                   Limit)
                                                                                                                   (false)        (true)50
                              atim_          fsdu!src:=                  ssrc:=                                                         51
                               ack            fsdu!src+1                ssrc+1,
                                                                                                    atim_                 limit         52
                                                                                                      fail                              53
                                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                                        55

                                         Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
84                            This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                                         3
     Process Tx_Coordination_sta                                                                                   sta_tx_idle_2e(9)
                                                                                                                                         4
                                                                                                                                         5
                                                  Ack, Cfend, Cts, Wake                                       These transitions are      6
                              TxC_Idle            and MmCancel ignored                                        only present at            7
                                                  in TxC_Idle state.                                          Cf-pollable stations.
                                                                                                                                         8
             Pdu_           Entry when                                                                                                   9
                                                  CfPoll                  import            TBTT                 TxCfAck
             Request        station wakes
                                                  (endRx, )               (mCfp)                                 (endRx, )               10
             (fsdu)         up to transmit.
                                                                                                                                         11
                                                                                                                                         12
        not import(              txc_                  rx_                                                       tpdu:=
                                                                         TxC_Cfp          dcfcnt:= -1           mkFrame(                 13
         mBkIP)                  req                   poll
                                                                                                                 Cfack,                  14
                                                                                                                                         15
            tpdu:=
         fsdu!pdus                                       *              Atw_Start                                  tx_                   16
                                                                                                                   sifs
         (fsdu!fCur)                                                                                                                     17
                                                                                                                                         18
             fsdu!eol
                            Test if fsdu seq                         BkDone                                  import(mBssId),             19
                            nmber and tx                                                                     import(mBssId),
                                                                     (dcfcnt)                                                            20
                            lifetime set.                                                                      )
      else       (=0)                                                                                                                    21
         fsdu!sqf:=         seqnum:=if seqnum=4095 then 0                                    import
                                                                                                                                         22
                            else seqnum+1 fi, fsdu!eol:= now +
          seqnum,
                            import (dot11MaxTransmitMsduLifetime)
                                                                                            (mIbss)                                      23
                                                                                                   (false)            (true)             24
           tpdu:=                tpdu:=                                                                                                  25
                                                      send_                                    -              dcfcw:=ccw,
        setSeq(tpdu,          fsdu!pdus
                                                       frag                                                   ccw:=atimcw                26
          fsdu!sqf)           (fsdu!fCur)
                                                                                                                                         27
                                                                                                                                         28
          'txrate:=         See 9.6 for rules
        selected tx         about selecting                                                                      AtimW                   29
         data rate'         transmit data rate.                                                                                          30
                                                                                                                                         31
          TxTime(                                 With FH PHY, if next fragment
       sAckCtsLng/8,                              will be after a dwell boundary,
                                                                                                                  Atim_                  32
                                                                                                                 Window
     txrate, ackctstime)                          Duration/ID may be set to                                                              33
                                                  one ACK time plus SIFS time.
                                                                                                                                         34
       TxTime(length(                                                                                                                    35
         fsdu!pdus(         txrate,frametime)
       fsdu!fCur+1)),                                                                                                                    36
                                                                                                                                         37
           tpdu:=           aSifsTime+ackctstime+                        ((length        sCrcLng) > import(                              38
       setDurId(tpdu,       if(fsdu!fTot=(fsdu!fCur+1))                                  dot11RtsThreshold)) and
       calcDur(txrate,      then 0
                                                                         (tpdu) +
                                                                                         (not fsdu!grpa) and ((fsdu!fCur=0)
                                                                                                                                         39
                            else ((2*aSifsTime)+                                (true)   or retry(tpdu) or (fsdu!resume))                40
                            ackctstime+frametime)
      tpdu:=setPwrMgt(      fi))                                     TxTime(length(                                                      41
        tpdu, import(                                                 tpdu),txrate,                                                      42
      dot11PowerMan_                                                  frametime2)
       agementMode))                                                                                                                     43
                                                                          rtsdu:=
                                                                                                                                         44
                                                                                         (3*aSifsTime)+
             Backoff(0,0)                                                mkctl(rts,
                                                                                         ackctstime ))
                                                                                                                                         45
                                                        (false)       (frametime2+
                                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                                         47
                                                      send_               send_                                                          48
                                                      mpdu                  rts
                                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                                         55

                                              Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
85                                 This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                   IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                                 2
 Process Tx_Coordination_sta                                                                                      sta_tx_init_1e(9)
                                                                                                                                 3
                                                                      /* at start of frame exchange                              4
                                                                      sequence, when setting mFxIP,                              5
                                                                      check if dot11PowerManagementMode=curPsm,
                                                                      if not, when indicating the new Psm,                       6
                                                                      also set psmChg boolean;                                   7
                                                    timer Tifs,       at end of frame exchange                                   8
                                      *               Trsp, Tpdly ;   sequence, when clearing FxIP,
                                                                      test & reset PsmChg, if                                    9
                                                                      true, send PsmDone to Mlme */                              10
                                                                                                                                 11
                                                     exported
                                   ResetMAC                                                                                      12
                                                     TxTime
                                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                                 14
                                                                      dcl ackctstime, atimcw, bstat, chan, dcfcnt,
          PlmeReset._                                                                                                            15
                                                                          dcfcw, frametime, frametime2 Integer ;
          Request                                                     dcl ccw Integer:= aCwMin ;                                 16
                                                                      dcl curPm Bit ;                                            17
                                                                      dcl doHop, psmChg, cont
           dSifsDelay:=                                                  Boolean:= false ;
                                                                                                                                 18
                               aRxTxTurn_                                                                                        19
              dUsec                                                   dcl dSifsDelay, endRx Time ;
                               aroundTime)
           (aSifsTime -                                               dcl fsdu FragSdu ;                                         20
                                                                      dcl rtype Ftype ;
                                                                      dcl seqnum, ssrc, slrc, n Integer:= 0;                     21
            'mmrate:=          Mmrate must be                         dcl tpdu Frame ;                                           22
           rate to send        selected from                          dcl txrate Rate ;                                          23
             mmpdus'           mBrates. Other
                               selection criteria                                                                                24
                               are not specified.                                                                                25
                                                                      dcl exported FxIP Boolean:= false ;
             ssrc:= 0,                                                dcl cTfrg exported as                                      26
              slrc:= 0                                                    dot11TransmittedFragmentCount,                         27
                                                                      dcl cTfrm exported as
                                                                          dot11TransmittedFrameCount,                            28
               ccw:=           dcfcw:= ccw,
                                                                       cTmcfrm exported as                                       29
              import                                                      dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount,                   30
                               atimcw:= ccw
            (aCWmin),                                                  cFail exported as dot11FailedCount,
                                                                       cRtry exported as dot11RetryCount,                        31
                                                                       cMrtry exported as dot11MultipleRetryCount,               32
                                                                       cCts exported as dot11RtsSuccessCount,
          Backoff
                                                                       cNcts exported as dot11RtsFailureCount,
                                                                                                                                 33
          (ccw,-1)
                                                                       cNack exported as dot11AckFailureCount                    34
                                                                          Counter32:= 0 ;                                        35
                                                                                                                                 36
             TxC_Idle                                                                                                            37
                                                                                                                                 38
                                                                                                                                 39
                                                                      Imported dot11RtsThreshold,
                                                                      dot11ShortRetryLimit,                                      40
                                                                      dot11LongRetryLimit,                                       41
                                                                      dot11FragmentationThreshold,                               42
                                                                      dot11MaxTransmitMsduLifetime Integer,
                                                                      mPdly Usec ;                                               43
                                                                                                                                 44
                                                                                                                                 45
                                                                                                                                 46
                                                                      /* RANDOM NUMBER FUNCTION */
                                                                      imported procedure Random ;                                47
                                                                        fpar limit Integer ; returns Integer ;                   48
                                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                                 55

                                     Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
86                        This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                                 2
 Process Validate_MPDU                                                                                              start_rx_1b(2)
                                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                                 4
                                                               /* This process receives an MPDU from the
                                                  *                                                                              5
                                                                 PHY while calculating and checking the
                                              (Rx_Idle)
                                                                 FCS value. Frames with valid FCS, length                        6
                                                                 and protocol version are sent for receive
                                                                 filtering, along with a snapshot of the WEP
                                                                                                                                 7
     Calculate PHY        D1:= dUsec                             keys if dot11PrivacyOptionImplemented=true.                     8
     Rx delay that       (aRxRfDelay+           ResetMAC
                                                                                                                                 9
     is subtracted       aRxPlcpDelay)                           This process also provides Channel_State
     from now to                                                 with Difs/Eifs and Rts timeout signals,                         10
     get reference                                               and maintains the mRxA remote variable. */                      11
     point times.
                                              reset(Trts)                                                                        12
                                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                                 14
                                                               dcl exported mRxA Boolean:=false,                                 15
                           cErr:=0,
                                                                 cErr as dot11FcsErrorCount Counter32:= 0 ;                      16
                          mRxA:=false
                                                               imported mBrates Ratestring,
                                                                 dot11WepDefaultKeys KeyVector,                                  17
                                                                 dot11WepKeyMappings KeyMapArray,                                18
                             export                              dot11ExcludeUnencrypted Boolean ;                               19
                          (cErr,mRxA)                          timer Trts ;
                                                               imported procedure TxTime; returns Integer;                       20
                                                                                                                                 21
     Indicate Rts                                              dcl fcs Crc ;                                                     22
     non-response           Rx_Idle                            dcl D1, dRts Duration ;                                           23
     timeout.                                                  dcl endRx, startTs Time ;
                                                               dcl ackctstime, k, rxLength Integer ;
                                                                                                                                 24
                                                               dcl pdu Frame ;                                                   25
                         PhyRxStart._       (rxLength,         dcl rxRate Rate ;                                                 26
        Trts                                                   dcl status PhyRxStat ;
                         indication         rxRate)                                                                              27
                                                               dcl v Octet ;
                                                               dcl wDefault KeyVector ;                                          28
                                                               dcl wKeyMap KeyMapArray ;                                         29
                                                               dcl wExclude Boolean ;                     Save copy of
        RtsTimeout         reset(Trts)                                                                    WEP keys at            30
                                                                                                          RxStart in case        31
                                                                                                          Mpdu is first
                                                                                                          fragment of            32
                                            Indicate that                                                 encrypted              33
                                                                                           save_
           -              mRxA:=true        a reception                                                   Msdu/Mmpdu.
                                                                                            keys                                 34
                                            is in progress.
                                                                                                                                 35
                                                                                        wDefault:=                               36
                                                                                                          dot11Wep_
                         export(mRxA)                                                     import(                                37
                                                                                                          DefaultKeys)
                                                                                                                                 38
                                                                                                                                 39
                              k:= 0,        Initialize CRC &                                                                     40
                                                                                        wKeyMap:=         dot11Wep_
                          fcs:= initCrc,    clear pdu buffer
                            pdu:= null      (length(pdu)=0).
                                                                                          import(         KeyMappings)           41
                                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                                 43
                                            Option_                                     wExclude:=        (dot11Exclude_         44
                         dot11Privacy_
                                            Implemented                                    import         Unencrypted)
                                                                                                                                 45
               (false)            (true)
                                                                                                                                 46
                             save_                                                                                               47
      Rx_Frame                                                                          Rx_Frame
                              keys                                                                                               48
                                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                                 55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
87                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                         3
     use macsorts ;                                                                                                      4
     use macmib ;                                                                                                        5
                                                                                                                         6
     System Station                                                                               Sta_signals_2d(3)      7
                                                                                                                         8
                                                                      signal                                             9
                                                                       MmCancel,
                                                                       MmConfirm(Frame,TxStatus),
                                                                                                                         10
                                                                       MmIndicate(Frame,Time,Time,StateErr),             11
                                                                       MmRequest(Frame,Imed,Rate),
       signal                                                          MsduConfirm(Frame,CfPriority,TxStatus),
                                                                                                                         12
        AtimW,                                                         MsduIndicate(Frame,CfPriority),                   13
        Backoff(Integer,Integer),                                      MsduRequest(Frame,CfPriority),
        BkDone(Integer),                                               NeedAck(MacAddr,Time,Duration,Rate),              14
        Busy,                                                          PduConfirm(FragSdu,TxResult),                     15
        Cancel,                                                        PduRequest(FragSdu),
        CfPolled,                                                      PhyCca.indication(Ccastatus),                     16
        ChangeNav(Time,Duration,NavSrc),                               PhyCcarst.confirm,                                17
        Doze,                                                          PhyCcarst.request,
        Idle,                                                          PhyData.confirm,                                  18
        MaUnitdata.indication(MacAddr,MacAddr,                         PhyData.indication(Octet),                        19
          Routing,Octetstring,RxStatus,                                PhyData.request(Octet),
          CfPriority,ServiceClass),                                    PhyRxEnd.indication(PhyRxStat),                   20
        MaUnitdata.request(MacAddr,MacAddr,                            PhyRxStart.indication(Integer,Rate),              21
          Routing,Octetstring,CfPriority,ServiceClass),                PhyTxEnd.confirm,
        MaUnitdataStatus.indication(MacAddr,                           PhyTxEnd.request,                                 22
          MacAddr,TxStatus,CfPriority,ServiceClass),                   PhyTxStart.confirm,                               23
        MlmeAssociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),                             PhyTxStart.request(Integer,Rate),
        MlmeAssociate.indication(MacAddr),                             PlmeCharacteristics.confirm(PhyChrstcs),          24
        MlmeAssociate.request(MacAddr,Kusec,Capability,Integer),       PlmeCharacteristics.request,
        MlmeAuthenticate.confirm
                                                                                                                         25
                                                                       PlmeGet.confirm(MibStatus,
          (MacAddr,AuthType,MlmeStatus),                                 MibAtrib,MibValue),                             26
        MlmeAuthenticate.indication(MacAddr,AuthType),                 PlmeGet.request(MibAtrib),
        MlmeAuthenticate.request(MacAddr,AuthType,Kusec),
                                                                                                                         27
                                                                       PlmeReset.confirm(Boolean),
        MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm(MacAddr,MlmeStatus),                PlmeReset.request,                                28
        MlmeDeauthenticate.indication(MacAddr,ReasonCode),             PlmeSet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib),
        MlmeDeauthenticate.request(MacAddr,ReasonCode),
                                                                                                                         29
                                                                       PlmeSet.request(MibAtrib,MibValue),
        MlmeDisassociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),                          PlmeTxTime.confirm(Integer),                      30
        MlmeDisassociate.indication(MacAddr,ReasonCode),               PlmeTxTime.request(Integer, Rate),
        MlmeDisassociate.request(MacAddr,ReasonCode),
                                                                                                                         31
                                                                       PsmDone,
        MlmeGet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib,MibValue),                  PsChange(MacAddr,PsMode),                         32
        MlmeGet.request(MibAtrib),                                     PsIndicate(MacAddr,PsMode),
        MlmeJoin.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                  PsInquiry(MacAddr),
                                                                                                                         33
        MlmeJoin.request(BssDscr,Integer,Usec,Ratestring),             PsResponse(MacAddr,PsMode),                       34
        MlmePowermgt.confirm(MlmeStatus),                              ResetMAC,
        MlmePowermgt.request(PwrSave,Boolean,Boolean),                 RxCfAck(MacAddr),
                                                                                                                         35
        MlmeReassociate.confirm(MlmeStatus),                           RxIndicate(Frame,Time,Time,Rate),                 36
        MlmeReassociate.indication(MacAddr),                           Slot,
        MlmeReassociate.request(MacAddr,Kusec,Capability,Integer),     SsInquiry(MacAddr),
                                                                                                                         37
        MlmeReset.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                 SsResponse(MacAddr,                               38
        MlmeReset.request(MacAddr,Boolean),                              StationState,StationState),
        MlmeScan.confirm(BssDscrSet,MlmeStatus),                       SwChnl(Integer,Boolean),
                                                                                                                         39
        MlmeScan.request(BssTypeSet,MacAddr,Octetstring,               SwDone,                                           40
          ScanType,Usec,Intstring,Kusec,Kusec),                        TBTT,
        MlmeSet.confirm(MibStatus,MibAtrib),                           TxConfirm,
                                                                                                                         41
        MlmeSet.request(MibAtrib,MibValue),                            TxRequest(Frame,Rate),                            42
        MlmeStart.confirm(MlmeStatus),                                 Wake ;
        MlmeStart.request(Octetstring,BssType,Kusec,                                                                     43
          Integer,CfParms,PhyParms,IbssParms,Usec,                                                                       44
          Capability,Ratestring,Ratestring) ;
                                                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                         47
                                                                                                                         48
                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                         55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
88                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                             P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                        1
                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                                                        3
                                                                                                                        4
     use macsorts ;                                                                                                     5
     use macmib ;
                                                                                                                        6
                                                                                                                        7
     System Station                                                                             Sta_signallists_3c(3)   8
                                                                                                                        9
                                                                                                                        10
                                                                                                                        11
                                                                                                                        12
          signallist                         signallist                         signallist                              13
          MlmeRequestSignals=                MlmeConfirmSignals=                MlmeIndicationSignals=
            MlmeAssociate.request,             MlmeAssociate.confirm,             MlmeAuthenticate.indication,          14
            MlmeAuthenticate.request,          MlmeAuthenticate.confirm,          MlmeDeauthenticate.indication,        15
            MlmeDeauthenticate.request,        MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm,        MlmeDisassociate.indication,
            MlmeDisassociate.request,          MlmeDisassociate.confirm,          MlmeAssociate.indication,             16
            MlmeGet.request,                   MlmeGet.confirm,                   MlmeReassociate.indication ;          17
            MlmeJoin.request,                  MlmeJoin.confirm,
            MlmePowermgt.request,              MlmePowermgt.confirm,                                                    18
            MlmeReassociate.request,           MlmeReassociate.confirm,                                                 19
            MlmeReset.request,                 MlmeReset.confirm,
            MlmeScan.request,                  MlmeScan.confirm,                                                        20
            MlmeSet.request,                   MlmeSet.confirm,                                                         21
            MlmeStart.request ;                MlmeStart.confirm ;
                                                                                                                        22
                                                                                                                        23
                                                                                                                        24
          signallist                         signallist                         signallist
          MmgtRequestSignals=                MmgtConfirmSignals=                MmgtIndicationSignals=                  25
            MlmeAssociate.request,             MlmeAssociate.confirm,             MlmeAuthenticate.indication,          26
            MlmeAuthenticate.request,          MlmeAuthenticate.confirm,          MlmeDeauthenticate.indication,
            MlmeDeauthenticate.request,        MlmeDeauthenticate.confirm,        MlmeDisassociate.indication,          27
            MlmeDisassociate.request,          MlmeDisassociate.confirm,          MlmeAssociate.indication,             28
            MlmeJoin.request,                  MlmeJoin.confirm,                  MlmeReassociate.indication ;
            MlmePowermgt.request,              MlmePowermgt.confirm,                                                    29
            MlmeReassociate.request,           MlmeReassociate.confirm,                                                 30
            MlmeScan.request,                  MlmeScan.confirm,
            MlmeStart.request ;                MlmeStart.confirm ;                                                      31
                                                                                                                        32
                                                                                                                        33
          signallist                         signallist                         signallist                              34
          PhyTxRequestSignals=               PhyTxConfirmSignals=               PhyRxSignals=                           35
            PhyTxStart.request,                PhyTxStart.confirm,                PhyRxStart.indication,
            PhyTxEnd.request,                  PhyTxEnd.confirm,                  PhyRxEnd.indication,                  36
            PhyData.request ;                  PhyData.confirm ;                  PhyData.indication,                   37
                                                                                  PhyCca.indication,
                                                                                  PhyCcareset.confirm ;                 38
                                                                                                                        39
                                                                                                                        40
          signallist                         signallist
          PlmeRequestSignals=                PlmeConfirmSignals=                                                        41
            PlmeCharacteristics.request,       PlmeCharacteristics.confirm,                                             42
            PlmeGet.request,                   PlmeGet.confirm,
            PlmeSet.request,                   PlmeReset.confirm,                                                       43
            PlmeReset.request,                 PlmeSet.confirm,                                                         44
            PlmeTxTime.request;                PlmeTxTime.confirm;
                                                                                                                        45
                                                                                                                        46
                                                                                                                        47
                                                                                                                        48
                                                                                                                        49
                                                                                                                        50
                                                                                                                        51
                                                                                                                        52
                                                                                                                        53
                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                        55

                                       Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
89                          This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                  IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                               P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                         2
      ;fpar                                                                                                              3
      in/out xtime Integer,                                                                                              4
      in xleng Integer,                                                                                                  5
      in xrate Rate;
                                                                                                                         6
                                                                                                                         7
                                                                                                                         8
                                                                                                                         9
                                                                                  *
                                                                                                                         10
                                                                                                                         11
                                                                                                                         12
                                     PlmeTxTime._
                                     request(                                     *                                      13
                                     xleng,xrate)                                                                        14
                                                                                                                         15
                                     Wait_Txtime_
                                                                                                                         16
                                       Confirm                                                                           17
                                                                                                                         18
                                                                                                                         19
                                     PlmeTx_
                                     Time.confirm(                                                                       20
                                     xtime)                                                                              21
                                                                                                                         22
                                                                                                                         23
                                                                                                                         24
                                                                                                                         25
                                                                                                                         26
                                                                                                                         27
                                                                                                                         28
                                                                                                                         29
                                                                                                                         30
                                                                                                                         31
                                                                                                                         32
                                                                                                                         33
                                                                                                                         34
                                                                                                                         35
                                                                                                                         36
                                                                                                                         37
                                                                                                                         38
                                                                                                                         39
                                                                                                                         40
                                                                                                                         41
                                                                                                                         42
                                                                                                                         43
                                                                                                                         44
                                                                                                                         45
                                                                                                                         46
                                                                                                                         47
                                                                                                                         48
                                                                                                                         49
                                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                         51
                                                                                                                         52
                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                         54
                                                                                                                         55

                                         Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
90                            This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                                         IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                                      P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                                3
 Process Validate_MPDU                                                                                                    validate_rx_2c(2)     4
                                                                                                                                                5
                                                                                             Save time of Rx
                             Rx_Frame                                                        end as reference
                                                                                                                                                6
                                                                                             for start of IFS.                                  7
                                                                                                                                                8
                           PhyRxData._
                                            Accumulate            PhyRxEnd._                                        Rts timeout                 9
                                            octet into Mpdu       indication                                        based on
                           indication(v)                                                                                                        10
                                            and CRC check.        (status)                                          rate of Rts.
                                                                                                                                                11
       Save arrival time      pdu:=
                                            fcs:=                       endRx:=
                                                                                                                                                12
       of first octet of      pdu //                                                                                  ftype(pdu)
       {what may be a}      mkstring(v),
                                            crc32(fcs, v)               now-D1                                                                  13
       timestamp field.                                                                                    else             (rts)               14
                                                                                                                       TxTime(                  15
                               k=                                        status
                             sTsOctet                                                                               sAckCtsLng/8,               16
                                                                                                                  rxRate, ackctstime)
                 (true)           (false)                     else              (no_error)                                                      17
                                                                                                                                                18
                                                                                                                     dRts:=dUsec(
         startTs:=            k:= k+1                                      k=                                                                   19
         now-D1                                                         rxLength                                    (2*aSifsTime)+
                                                              (false)                                               (2*aSlotTime)+              20
                                                                                (true)
                                                                                                                                                21
                               k=
                            sMaxMpdu_
                                                                        protocol_                                   ackctstime)                 22
                                                                        Ver(pdu)
                               Lng                            else                                                                              23
                 (false)         (true)                                         (=sVersion)
                                                                                                                                                24
                                                                                                                         set                    25
             -               Rx_Error                                    fcs =
                                                                        goodCrc                                      (now+dRts,
                                                                                             (true)                     Trts)                   26
                                                                                (false)                                                         27
 PhyData.indicate          PhyRxEnd._
                                                                          cErr:=              pdu:= substr          (rxLength -
                                                                                                                                                28
 ignored to drop           indication
 excess octets.            (status)
                                                                        inc(cErr)               (pdu, 0,              sCrcLng))                 29
                                                                                                                                                30
     Save time of Rx                                                                                                Drop FCS field from         31
                              endRx:=                                 export(cErr)               UseDifs
     end as reference         now-D1                                                             (endRx)            frame before passing        32
     for start of IFS.                                                                                              up for filtering.
                                                                                                                                                33
                                                                                                                                                34
                                                                                                                    OptionImplemented
                                                                                             dot11Privacy_
                                                                                                                    and wepBit(pdu)
                                                                                                                                                35
                                                    (false)                                           (true)
                                                                                                                                                36
                                                                                                                                                37
                                                RxMpdu               startTs,                    RxMpdu             startTs,rxRate,
                              UseEifs
                                                (pdu,                rxRate,                     (pdu,              wExclude,wDefault,          38
                              (endRx)
                                                endRx,                ,,)                        endRx,             wKeyMap)                    39
                                                                                                                                                40
                                            Eifs based                                                                                          41
                            mRxA:=false     on the lowest
                                            basic rate.                                                                                         42
                                            Assumed to                                                                                          43
                                            be the first
      Indicate that                         element of                                                                                          44
      reception is         export(mRxA)     mBrates.
      not in progress.                                                                                                                          45
                                                                                                                                                46
                                                                                                                                                47
                              Rx_Idle
                                                                                                                                                48
                                                                                                                                                49
                                                                                                                                                50
                                                                                                                                                51
                                                                                                                                                52
                                                                                                                                                53
                                                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                                                55

                                             Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
91                                This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                                   IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                                P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                             1
                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                             3
Annex D: ASN.1 Encoding of the MAC and PHY Management Information Base (normative)                                           4
                                                                                                                             5
                                                                                                                             6
Add the following variables to the PHY MIB
                                                                                                                             7
                                                                                                                             8
dot11ShortPreambleOptionImplemented OBJECT-TYPE
SYNTAX INTEGER TruthValue                                                                                                    9
MAX-ACCESS read-only                                                                                                         10
STATUS current                                                                                                               11
DESCRIPTION                                                                                                                  12
"This attribute, when true, shall indicate that the short preamble option as defined in subclause 18.2.2.2 is implemented.   13
The default value of this attribute shall be false."
:= {dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry 1}                                                                                                   14
                                                                                                                             15
                                                                                                                             16
dot11PBCCOptionImplemented OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       17
SYNTAX TruthValue                                                                                                            18
MAX-ACCESS read-only
STATUS current                                                                                                               19
DESCRIPTION                                                                                                                  20
"This attribute, when true, shall indicate that the PBCC modulation option as defined in subclause 18.4.6.6 is imple-        21
mented. The default value of this attribute shall be false."                                                                 22
:= {dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry 2}                                                                                                   23
                                                                                                                             24
dot11PhyOperationEntry:= SEQUENCE {                                                                                          25
      dot11PhyOperationGroupTableIndex                        Integer32,                                                     26
      dot11PHYType                                             INTEGER,                                                      27
      dot11CurrentRegDomain                                    Integer32,                                                    28
      dot11CCATime                                             Integer32,
                                                                                                                             29
      dot11MACProcessingDelay                                 Integer32,
      dot11TempType                                           INTEGER                                                        30
      dot11PhyOperationGroupRowStatus                         RowStatus,                                                     31
                                                                                                                             32
                                                                                                                             33
dot11ChannelAgilityPresent OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       34
    SYNTAX TruthValue
     MAX-ACCESS read-only                                                                                                    35
     STATUS current                                                                                                          36
     DESCRIPTION                                                                                                             37
"This attribute indicates that the PHY is capable of channel agility.”                                                       38
::= { dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry 3}                                                                                                 39
                                                                                                                             40
dot11ChannelAgilityEnabled OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       41
     SYNTAX TruthValue                                                                                                       42
     MAX-ACCESS read-only                                                                                                    43
     STATUS current                                                                                                          44
     DESCRIPTION
"This attribute indicates that the PHY channel agility functionality is enabled.”                                            45
:= {dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry 4 }                                                                                                  46
                                                                                                                             47
                                                                                                                             48
dot11HRCCAModeSupported OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                          49
       SYNTAX INTEGER (1..31)                                                                                                50
       MAX-ACCESS read-only                                                                                                  51
       STATUS current
                                                                                                                             52
       DESCRIPTION
                                                                                                                             53
              "dot11HRCCAModeSupported is a bit-significant value, representing
       all of                                                                                                                54
                                                                                                                             55

                                        Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
92                           This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


             the CCA modes supported by the PHY. Valid values are:                                                  1
                    energy detect only (ED_ONLY) = 01,                                                              2
                    carrier sense only (CS_ONLY) = 02,                                                              3
                    carrier sense and energy detect (ED_and_CS)= 04                                                 4
                    carrier sense with timer (CS_and_Timer)= 08                                                     5
                    high rate carrier sense and energy detect (HRCS_and_ED)= 16
                                                                                                                    6
             or the logical sum of any of these values. In the high rate extension
             PHY, this attribute shall be used in preference to the                                                 7
             dot11CCAModeSupported attribute."                                                                      8
::= { dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry 5 }                                                                                       9
                                                                                                                    10
                                                                                                                    11
                                                                                                                    12
                                                                                                                    13
Add a new compliance group to the compliance statements just before the section:“OPTIONAL-                          14
GROUPS”:
                                                                                                                    15
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                                                    17
GROUP dot11PhyHRDSSSComplianceGroup                                                                                 18
       DESCRIPTION                                                                                                  19
              "Implementation of this group is required when object                                                 20
              dot11PHYType has the value of hrdsss. This group is                                                   21
              mutually exclusive with the groups dot11PhyDSSSComplianceGroup,                                       22
              dot11PhyIRComplianceGroup and dot11PhyFHSSComplianceGroup."                                           23
                                                                                                                    24
                                                                                                                    25
                                                                                                                    26
Change the following attribute definition (as it was previously modified by 802.11a):                               27
                                                                                                                    28
                                                                                                                    29
dot11PHYType OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                            30
SYNTAX INTEGER {fhss(1), dsss(2), irbaseband(3), ofdm(4), hrdsss(5)}                                                31
       MAX-ACCESS read-only                                                                                         32
       STATUS current                                                                                               33
       DESCRIPTION                                                                                                  34
              "This is an 8-bit integer value that identifies the PHY type                                          35
              supported by the attached PLCP and PMD. Currently defined                                             36
              values and their corresponding PHY types are:                                                         37
              FHSS 2.4 GHz = 01 , DSSS 2.4 GHz = 02, IR Baseband = 03,                                              38
              OFDM 5GHz = 04, HRDSSS = 05 "                                                                         39
::= { dot11PhyOperationEntry 1 }                                                                                    40
                                                                                                                    41
                                                                                                                    42
Modify the following compliance group in the compliance statements:                                                 43
                                                                                                                    44
dot11CCAModeSupported OBJECT-TYPE
                                                                                                                    45
       SYNTAX INTEGER (1..7)
                                                                                                                    46
       MAX-ACCESS read-only
                                                                                                                    47
       STATUS current
                                                                                                                    48
       DESCRIPTION
                                                                                                                    49
              "dot11CCAModeSupported is a bit-significant value, representing all
       of                                                                                                           50
              the CCA modes supported by the PHY. Valid values are:                                                 51
                     energy detect only (ED_ONLY) = 01,                                                             52
                     carrier sense only (CS_ONLY) = 02,                                                             53
                     carrier sense and energy detect (ED_and_CS)= 04                                                54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
93                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                    carrier sense with timer (CS_and_Timer)= 08                                                       1
                    high rate carrier sense and energy detect (HRCS_and_ED)= 16                                       2
             or the arithmetic sum of any of these values. This attribute shall                                       3
             not be used to indicate the CCA modes supported by a higher rate
             extension PHY. Rather, the dot11HRCCAModeSupported attribute shall                                       4
             be used to indicate the CCA modes of the higher rate extension PHY."                                     5
::= { dot11PhyDSSSEntry 2 }                                                                                           6
                                                                                                                      7
dot11CurrentCCAMode OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       8
       SYNTAX INTEGER {edonly(1), csonly(2), edandcs(4), cswithtimer(8),                                              9
                            hrcsanded(16) }                                                                           10
       MAX-ACCESS read-write                                                                                          11
       STATUS current                                                                                                 12
       DESCRIPTION                                                                                                    13
              "The current CCA method in operation. Valid values are:                                                 14
                     energy detect only (edonly) = 01,                                                                15
                     carrier sense only (csonly) = 02,                                                                16
                     carrier sense and energy detect (edandcs)= 04.                                                   17
                     carrier sense with timer (cswithtimer)= 08                                                       18
                     high rate carrier sense and energy detect (hrcsanded)= 16"                                       19
::= { dot11PhyDSSSEntry 3 }                                                                                           20
                                                                                                                      21
                                                                                                                      22
                                                                                                                      23
Insert the following into the 802.11 MIB in Annex D, between the section entitled: “conformance infor-                24
mation” and the section entitled: “End of dot11SupportedDataRatesRx TABLE”:                                           25
                                                                                                                      26
-- **********************************************************************                                             27
                                                                                                                      28
-- * dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry TABLE                                                                                        29
                                                                                                                      30
-- **********************************************************************                                             31
                                                                                                                      32
dot11PhyHRDSSSTable OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       33
        SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF Dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry
                                                                                                                      34
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
                                                                                                                      35
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION                                                                                                   36
                  "Entry of attributes for dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry. Implemented as a table indexed on ifIndex to allow    37
                  for multiple instances on an Agent."                                                                38
        ::= { dot11phy 12 }                                                                                           39
                                                                                                                      40
dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry OBJECT-TYPE                                                                                       41
          SYNTAX Dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry                                                                                  42
          MAX-ACCESS not-accessible                                                                                   43
          STATUS current                                                                                              44
          DESCRIPTION                                                                                                 45
                  "An entry in the dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry Table. ifIndex - Each 802.11 interface is represented by an    46
                  ifEntry. Interface tables in this MIB module are indexed by ifIndex."
                                                                                                                      47
          INDEX {ifIndex}
                                                                                                                      48
::= { dot11PhyHRDSSSTable 1 }
                                                                                                                      49
                                                                                                                      50
Dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        dot11ShortPreambleOptionImplemented TruthValue,                                                               51
        dot11PBCCOptionImplemented TruthValue,                                                                        52
        dot11ChannelAgilityPresent TruthValue,                                                                        53
        dot11ChannelAgilityEnabled TruthValue,                                                                        54
                                                                                                                      55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
94                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                               IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                            P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


         dot11HRCCAModeSupported INTEGER }                                                                            1
                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                      3
-- **********************************************************************                                             4
-- * End of dot11PhyHRDSSSEntry TABLE                                                                                 5
-- **********************************************************************                                             6
                                                                                                                      7
                                                                                                                      8
                                                                                                                      9
Insert the following text into the 802.11 MIB in Annex D, after the definition of the SMTBase2 Object                 10
Group:                                                                                                                11
                                                                                                                      12
dot11PhyHRDSSSComplianceGroup OBJECT-GROUP
                                                                                                                      13
          OBJECTS {dot11CurrentChannel,
                                                                                                                      14
                   dot11CCAModeSupported,
                                                                                                                      15
                   dot11CurrentCCAMode,
                                                                                                                      16
                   dot11EDThreshold,
                                                                                                                      17
                   dot11ShortPreambleOptionImplemented,
                                                                                                                      18
                   dot11PBCCOptionImplemented,                                                                        19
                   dot11ChannelAgilityPresent,                                                                        20
                   dot11ChannelAgilityEnabled,                                                                        21
                   dot11HRCCAModeSupported }                                                                          22
          STATUS current                                                                                              23
          DESCRIPTION                                                                                                 24
                   "Attributes that configure the HRDSSS PHY for IEEE 802.11. Implementation of this group is
                   required when object dot11PHYType has the value of hrdsss. This group is mutually exclusive with   25
                   the groups dot11PhyDSSSComplianceGroup, dot11PhyIRComplianceGroup and                              26
                   dot11PhyFHSSComplianceGroup."                                                                      27
::= { dot11Groups 19 }                                                                                                28
                                                                                                                      29
                                                                                                                      30
Insert new annex.                                                                                                     31
                                                                                                                      32
Annex F - High Rate PHY / frequency hopping interoperability (Informative)                                            33
                                                                                                                      34
The channel agility option described in 18.4.6.7 provides for 802.11 FH PHY interoperability with the High            35
Rate PHY. The frequency hopping patterns as defined within this annex enable synchronization with an FH               36
PHY compliant BSS in North America and most of Europe. In addition, CCA requirements on a High Rate                   37
station using this mode provides for CCA detection of 1 MHz wide FH signals within the wideband DS                    38
channel selected. FH PHY stations operating in mixed mode FH/DS environments are advised to use similar               39
cross PHY CCA mechanisms. The frequency hopping (channel agility) and cross CCA mechanisms provide                    40
the basic mechanisms to enable coexistence and interoperability.                                                      41
                                                                                                                      42
The MAC elements include both DS and FH elements in beacons and probe responses when the channel                      43
agility option is turned on. Added capability fields indicate the ability to support the channel agility option       44
and to indicate whether the option is turned on. These fields allow synchronization to the hopping sequence           45
and timing, identification of what modes are being used within a BSS when joining on either High Rate or              46
FHSS sides, and rejection of an association request in some cases.                                                    47
                                                                                                                      48
Interoperability within an infrastructure BSS can be achieved, as an example, using a virtual dual Access             49
Point (AP). A virtual dual AP is defined, for purposes of discussion, as two logically separate APs that exist        50
within a single physical AP with a single radio (one transmit and one receive path). Both FHSS and High               51
Rate logical APs send out their own beacons and DTIMs and other non-directed packets. The two sides                   52
interact in the sharing of the medium and the AP’s processor and radio. Addressing and association issues             53
may be handled in one of several ways and are left as an implementation choice.                                       54
                                                                                                                      55

                                      Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
95                         This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                             IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                          P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


Minimal interoperability with a non-hopping High Rate or legacy DSSS is provided by the use of a channel            1
at least 1/7 or more of the time. While throughput would be significantly reduced by having a channel only          2
1/7 of the time, connection and minimal throughput can be provided.                                                 3
                                                                                                                    4
F.1 Additional CCA Recomendations                                                                                   5
                                                                                                                    6
When the frequency hopping option is utilized, the HR/DSSS PHY should provide the CCA capability to                 7
detect 1 MHz wide FH PHY signals operating within the wideband DS channel at levels 10 dB higher than               8
that specified in subclause 18.4.8.4 for wideband HR/DSSS signals. This is in addition to the primary CCA           9
requirements in subclause 18.4.8.4. A timeout mechanism to avoid excessive deferral to constant CW or               10
other non-802.11 type signals is allowed.                                                                           11
                                                                                                                    12
  FH PHY stations operating in mixed environments should provide similar CCA mechanisms to detect                   13
wideband DSSS signals at levels specified in clause 1.4.8.4 but measured within a 1 MHz bandwidth. Signal           14
levels measured in a full DSSS channel will be generally 10 dB or more higher.                                      15
                                                                                                                    16
                                                                                                                    17
                                                                                                                    18
                                                                                                                    19
                                                                                                                    20
                                                                                                                    21
                                                                                                                    22
                                                                                                                    23
                                                                                                                    24
                                                                                                                    25
                                                                                                                    26
                                                                                                                    27
                                                                                                                    28
                                                                                                                    29
                                                                                                                    30
                                                                                                                    31
                                                                                                                    32
                                                                                                                    33
                                                                                                                    34
                                                                                                                    35
                                                                                                                    36
                                                                                                                    37
                                                                                                                    38
                                                                                                                    39
                                                                                                                    40
                                                                                                                    41
                                                                                                                    42
                                                                                                                    43
                                                                                                                    44
                                                                                                                    45
                                                                                                                    46
                                                                                                                    47
                                                                                                                    48
                                                                                                                    49
                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                    51
                                                                                                                    52
                                                                                                                    53
                                                                                                                    54
                                                                                                                    55

                                    Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
96                       This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change


                                                                                                          IEEE
HIGHER SPEED PHYSICAL LAYER IN THE 2.4 GHz BAND                                       P802.11b/D8.0, Sept 2001


                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                                 4
                                                                                                                 5
                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                 7
                                                                                                                 8
                                                                                                                 9
                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                 11
                                                                                                                 12
                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                 14
                                                                                                                 15
                                                                                                                 16
                                                                                                                 17
                                                                                                                 18
                                                                                                                 19
                                                                                                                 20
                                                                                                                 21
                                                                                                                 22
                                                                                                                 23
                                                                                                                 24
                                                                                                                 25
                                                                                                                 26
                                                                                                                 27
                                                                                                                 28
                                                                                                                 29
                                                                                                                 30
                                                                                                                 31
                                                                                                                 32
                                                                                                                 33
                                                                                                                 34
                                                                                                                 35
                                                                                                                 36
                                                                                                                 37
                                                                                                                 38
                                                                                                                 39
                                                                                                                 40
                                                                                                                 41
                                                                                                                 42
                                                                                                                 43
                                                                                                                 44
                                                                                                                 45
                                                                                                                 46
                                                                                                                 47
                                                                                                                 48
                                                                                                                 49
                                                                                                                 50
                                                                                                                 51
                                                                                                                 52
                                                                                                                 53
                                                                                                                 54
                                                                                                                 55

                                 Copyright © 2001 IEEE. All rights reserved .
97                    This is an unapproved IEEE Standards Draft, subject to change



Document Created: 2018-12-07 14:39:49
Document Modified: 2018-12-07 14:39:49

© 2024 FCC.report
This site is not affiliated with or endorsed by the FCC